#LyX 2.4 created this file. For more info see https://www.lyx.org/
\lyxformat 620
\begin_document
\begin_header
\save_transient_properties true
\origin /systemlyxdir/doc/ar/
\textclass scrbook
\begin_preamble
% DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
%
% This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
% out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
% parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
% have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
% the documentation team
% email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
% for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
\usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
% the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
% and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
\let\myTOC\tableofcontents
\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
\frontmatter
\pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
\myTOC
\mainmatter }
% macro for italic page numbers in the index
\newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
% for customized page headers/footers
% only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
\usepackage{fancyhdr}
% change header rule width
\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
% used to have extra space in table cells
\@ifundefined{extrarowheight}
{\usepackage{array}}{}
\setlength{\extrarowheight}{2pt}
% workaround for a makeindex bug,
% see sec. "Index Entry Order"
% only uncomment this when you are using makindex
%\let\OrgIndex\index
%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
\AtBeginDocument{\setdefaultlanguage[numerals=maghrib]{arabic}} %%%% without this line nomenclature list not appear in pdf.
%\renewcommand{\nomname}{المصطلحات}%% used arabic title for nomname
\newcommand\lettergroup[1]{} % without this line "unknown english letters" appear in the index list in pdf.
% Added by lyx2lyx
\setlength{\parskip}{\medskipamount}
\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}
\end_preamble
\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
customHeadersFooters
enumitem
\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children no
\language arabic_arabi
\language_package default
\inputencoding utf8
\fontencoding auto
\font_roman "lmodern" "Scheherazade"
\font_sans "lmss" "Scheherazade"
\font_typewriter "lmtt" "Scheherazade"
\font_math "auto" "auto"
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts true
\font_sc false
\font_roman_osf false
\font_sans_osf false
\font_typewriter_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100 100
\font_tt_scale 100 100
\use_microtype false
\use_dash_ligatures false
\graphics default
\default_output_format pdf4
\output_sync 0
\bibtex_command bibtex
\index_command default
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
\use_hyperref true
\pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
\pdf_author "LyX Team"
\pdf_subject "LyX"
\pdf_keywords "LyX"
\pdf_bookmarks true
\pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
\pdf_bookmarksopen false
\pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
\pdf_breaklinks false
\pdf_pdfborder false
\pdf_colorlinks true
\pdf_backref false
\pdf_pdfusetitle false
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
\papersize default
\use_geometry false
\use_package amsmath 1
\use_package amssymb 1
\use_package cancel 1
\use_package esint 1
\use_package mathdots 1
\use_package mathtools 1
\use_package mhchem 1
\use_package stackrel 1
\use_package stmaryrd 1
\use_package undertilde 1
\cite_engine basic
\cite_engine_type default
\biblio_style plain
\use_bibtopic false
\use_indices false
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
\justification true
\use_refstyle 1
\use_formatted_ref 0
\use_minted 0
\use_lineno 0
\notefontcolor #0000ff
\branch Question
\selected 1
\filename_suffix 0
\color #00ff00 #ff00ff
\end_branch
\branch Answer
\selected 0
\filename_suffix 0
\color #aa55ff #55aa00
\end_branch
\index Index
\shortcut idx
\color #008000
\end_index
\secnumdepth 3
\tocdepth 2
\paragraph_separation indent
\paragraph_indentation default
\is_math_indent 0
\math_numbering_side default
\quotes_style french
\dynamic_quotes 0
\papercolumns 1
\papersides 2
\paperpagestyle default
\tablestyle default
\tracking_changes false
\output_changes false
\change_bars false
\postpone_fragile_content false
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
\docbook_table_output 0
\docbook_mathml_prefix 1
\end_header
\begin_body
\begin_layout Title
دليل مستخدم ليك \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Author
باستخدام فريق ليك
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation,
please send them to the \SpecialChar LyX
Documentation mailing list:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
type "mailto:"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
الإصدار 2.3.x
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
https://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/Manuals#UserGuide
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset toc
LatexCommand tableofcontents
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
ابدأ
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
ما هو ليك \SpecialChar LyX
؟
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
ليك هو نظام إعداد وثائق.
إنه أداة لإنتاج المخطوطات الجميلة والكتب القابلة للنشر،
خطابات الأعمال والمقترحات،
وحتى الشعر.
وهو يختلف عن معظم "معالجات الكلمات" بأنه يستخدم نموذج لغة الترميز كأسلوب تحرير أساسي.
وهذا يعني أنه عند كتابة عنوان القسم،
ووضع علامة عليه ك "قسم" فإنه سيقوم باختيار الحجم واللون والمحاذاة تلقائيا بالصورة المثالية المتعارف عليها،
ولا يحتاج أن تحدد له "خط ثخين،
حجمه 17pt ،
محاذاة يسار،
...".
ليك يعتني بالتنضيد لأجلك.
لذلك يمكنك التركيز فقط على محتوى كتابك،
وليس على آلية التنضيد.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
وهذه الفلسفة تم شرحها بمزيد من التفصيل في كتيب المقدمة.
إذا كنت لم تقرأه بعد،
فأنت بالتأكيد تحتاج إلى ذلك.
نعم،
نحن نعني الآن من فضلك.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
كتيب المقدمة يصف عدة أشياء بالإضافة إلى فلسفة ليك:
الأشياء الأكثر أهمية،
هيئة كل الكتيبات.
إذا كنت لم تقرأه،
سيكون عليك تخصيص جزء من وقتك لتصفحه.
وربما يكون من الأفضل الاطلاع بشكل سريع على بقية كتيبات المساعدة.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
كيف يبدو ليك \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
مثل معظم التطبيقات،
ليك لديه شريط القوائم المألوف في الجزء العلوي من النافذة.
وتحته شريط الأدوات مع مربع القائمة المنسدلة وأزرار مختلفة.
هناك،
بطبيعة الحال،
شريط التمرير الرأسي ومنطقة عمل رئيسية لتحرير الوثائق.لاحظ أنه لا يوجد شريط تمرير أفقي.
هذا ليس خطأ أو سهو،
ولكنه مقصود.
فعند قراءتك كتاب،
تتوقع نهاية السطر لتنتقل للسطر التالي.
لكن النص في ليك يتوزع على الصفحات بطريقة عمودية،
وبالتالي نحتاج إلى شريط التمرير الرأسي فقط.
إن هناك ثلاث حالات قد تجعلنا نرغب بشريط التمرير الأفقي.
الحالة الأولى هي الصور الكبيرة.
ولتجنب عرضها أكبر من الشاشة،
انقر بزر الفارة الأيمن على الصورة واستخدام الخيار على مقاس الشاشة في علامة التبويب خيارات لتيك و ليك.
الحالات الثانية والثالثة هي الجداول والمعادلات التي هي أوسع من نافذة ليك.
يمكنك استخدام مفاتيح الأسهم للتمرير أفقيا من خلال الجدول،
ولكن هذا لا يعمل مع للمعادلات حتى الآن.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
للحصول على وصف موجز لجميع قوائم ليك وأشرطة الأدوات ،
ألقِ نظرة على الملحق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المساعدة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
يتكون نظام المساعدة من كتيبات ليك.
ويمكنك قراءة جميع الكتيبات من داخل ليك.
وما عليك سوى اختيار كتيب الذي تريد قراءته من قائمة مساعدة.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الإعدادات الأساسية لليك \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
معظم مميزات ليك يمكن ضبطها من خلال قائمة
\family sans
أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator
تفضيلات .
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
ليك قادر على فحص نظامك لمعرفة البرامج المتوفرة عليه،
مثل حزم لتيك وأنواع مستندات لتيك.
إنه يساعدك على استخدم هذه المعلومات لإعداد التفضيلات الافتراضية المثالية للبرنامج.
على الرغم من أن ليك يقوم بهذه العملية آليا عند تركيبه لأول مره.
ومن المستحسن القيام بعملية إعادة الضبط
\family sans
أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
إعادة ضبط النظام كل فترة،
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعادة ضبط
\end_layout
\end_inset
لأن حزم لتيك تتحدث كل فترة،
ويجب أن لا ننسى إعادة تشغيل ليك بعد إعادة الضبط لتطبيق التغييرات.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
إعداد لتيك \SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
تستطيع تحرير مستند \SpecialChar LyX
بدون تركيب \SpecialChar LaTeX
،
لكنك لن تستطيع إنتاج ملفات PDF أو طباعة المستندات.
إن بعض مستندات \SpecialChar LyX
تستخدم DocBook وأمثاله كخلفية لإنتاج ملفات PDF .
وكل مستند \SpecialChar LyX
يمكن تصديره كملف نصي بسيط أو صفحة ويب تفاعلية XHTML .
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
بعض أنواع المستندات ربما تعتمد على حزم خاصة من \SpecialChar LaTeX
أو DocBook .
ومع هذا بعض المستندات يمكن استخدامها حتى بدون تركيب الحزم المطلوبة،
لكنك بالتأكيد لن تستطيع إنتاج أو تصديرها إلى أي نوع من الملفات.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
حزم \SpecialChar LaTeX
الموجودة على النظام يمكن مشاهدتها في \SpecialChar LyX
عن طريق
\family sans
مساعدة\SpecialChar menuseparator
ضبط لتيك .
إذا افتقدت حزم تحتاجها،
فإن عليك تركيبها ثم إعادة ضبط
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
عن طريق قائمة
\family sans
أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator
إعادة ضبط النظام
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعادة ضبط ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
أنظر قسم تركيب ملفات
\emph on
\SpecialChar LaTeX
جديدة في كتيب التخصيص لتعرف معلومات أكثر عن تركيب حزم
\emph default
\SpecialChar LaTeX
الإضافية.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
كيف تعمل مع \SpecialChar LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
عمليات ملف الأساسية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عمليات ملف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
تحت قائمة ملف وفي شريط الأدوات القياسي توجد العمليات الأساسية التي تراها في أي معالج كلمات بالإضافة إلى بعض العمليات المتقدمة:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
جديد،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
أو
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
جديد
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
من
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
قالب،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "buffer-new-template"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
فتح،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "file-open"
\end_inset
أو
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "file-open"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
ملفات
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
آخر
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
إغلاق،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "view-close"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
حفظ،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
أو
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
حفظ
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
باسم،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "buffer-write-as"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
عودة
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
للمحفوظ
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
خروج،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "lyx-quit"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
يمكننا أن نقوم بالكثير من الأشياء الجميلة بالشكل الذي نقوم به في معالجات الكلمات الأخرى.،
مع بعض الاختلافات البسيطة.
مثلا إن الأمر
\family sans
ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator
جديد
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
من
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
قالب يعرض قائمة بالقوالب المتاحة.
وعند اختيار قالب معين سوف يتم آليا تعيين خصائص النسق الخاص به للمستند،
إن هذه الخصائص كان عليك تعديلها يدويا لكن
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
\family sans
أراحك من ذلك.
فربما تستخدم نوع معين من المستندات،
وخصوصا كتابة الرسائل (أنظر قسم
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Document-Classes"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family sans
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
There is no
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
default file
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or document named
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Untitled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
scratch.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
Unless you tell \SpecialChar LyX
to open a file or create a new one,
that big,
blank space is just that —
a big,
blank space.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ملاحظة:
لا يوجد
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
ملف افتراضي
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
أو مستند باسم
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
غير معنون
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
.
إلا إذا طلبت من \SpecialChar LyX
إنشاء ملف جديد أو فتح ملف موجود.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إن العودة
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
للمحفوظ وتحكم
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
الإصدار عملية لكثير من الناس الذين يعملون على نفس المستند وفي نفس الوقت.
\family default
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إذا كنت تخطط لعمل هذا،
فإن عليك الخروج من ميزة تحكم الإصدار في \SpecialChar LyX
أيضا.
اقرأ كتيب خصائص إضافية.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
العودة
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
للمحفوظ سوف تعيد تحميل المستند من القرص الصلب.
أنت تستطيع استخدامه أيضا إذا ندمت على تعديل المستند وأردت الرجوع لآخر حفظ.
مع تحكم
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
الإصدار تستطيع تسجيل التعديلات التي صنعتها في مستند معين وبهذا يستطيع الآخرين التعرف على تغييراتك.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
عمليات التحرير الأساسية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تحرير
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
مثل معظم معالجات النصوص الحديثة،
\SpecialChar LyX
يستطيع القيام بعمليات قص ولصق مقاطع نصية،
ويستطيع نقل كلمات أو نصوص،
ويستطيع حذف الكلمات والحروف طبعا.
الأقسام الأربعة التالية تغطي مميزات التحرير الأساسية في \SpecialChar LyX
وكيفية الحصول عليها.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
كما قد تتوقع بالضبط،
قائمة تحرير وشريط الأدوات القياسي يملك وظائف القص واللصق،
مع وظائف التحرير المعروفة الأخرى.
بعض منها خاص وتم شرحه في أقسام أخرى.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
الأساسية منها:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
قص
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "cut"
\end_inset
أو
\family sans
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "cut"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
نسخ
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
نسخ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "copy"
\end_inset
أو
\family sans
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "copy"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
لصق
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لصق
\end_layout
\end_inset
،
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paste"
\end_inset
أو
\family sans
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "paste"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
آخر
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
لصق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
لصق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
خاص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
بحث
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
استبدال
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
بحث
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
استبدال
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
،
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
أو
\family sans
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إن أول ثلاثة أشياء تعرفها،
أنك تستطيع نسخ النصوص بين ليك والبرامج الأخرى باستخدام قص،
نسخ ولصق.
قص و لصق تضع النص داخل الحافظة في شكلين (مهيأ وغير مهيأ)،
لهذا البرامج الأخرى تستطيع اختيار الشكل المناسب لها.
أما وظيفة لصق فتدعم الاختيار اليدوي للنص المهيأ أو غير المهيأ عن طريق قائمة تحرير،
وطبعا يمكن قص ونسخ ولصق الصور.
إن هذه الوظائف تحاول التعامل مع محتوى الحافظة بطريقة ذكية.
مثلا إذا كان النص في الحافظة بهيئة CSV والمؤشر داخل الجدول،
فإن النص سيلصق داخل الخلايا.
أيضا وظيفة آخر
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
لصق تظهر لك قائمة بآخر الأشياء التي لصقتها،
وتستطيع إدراج أي واحد منها في المكان الذي به المؤشر عن طريق النقر على أي واحد منها في القائمة.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
أما قائمة لصق
\family sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
خاص فتحتوي على عناصر اختيارية لهيئات ملفات خاصة،
بناء على محتوى الحافظة.
\family default
مثل HTML،
\SpecialChar LaTeX
،
Linkback
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
PDF
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
في ماك فقط.
\end_layout
\end_inset
،
PDF،
PNG،
JPEG و EMF.
\family sans
عناصر هذه القائمة تكون عملية إذا كانت الحافظة بها نفس المحتوى ولكن بهيئات مختلفة،
واردت اختيار هيئة واحدة.
(مثلا بعض البرامج تقوم بنسخ الصور في الحافظة كرسم وكنص) عنصر القائمة لصق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
خاص\SpecialChar menuseparator
نص
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
بسيط,
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
دمج
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
الأسطر يشبه ما سبق،
مع اختلاف واحد وهو أنه يعمل مع النصوص فقط.
إنه سوف يدرج النص من الحافظة ولهذا سيدرج كل النصوص في الحافظة كفقرة واحدة.
والفقرة الجديدة ستبدأ في سطر فارغ جديد.
وبدون دمج
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
السطور سيدرج النص كفقرات في المكان الذي الذي انتهى فيه السطر.
كمثال عملي نسخ محتوى جدول من صفحة ويب إلى جدول في ليك.
الوظيفتين لصق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
خاص\SpecialChar menuseparator
التحديد,
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
دمج
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
الأسطر
\family default
و
\family sans
لصق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
خاص\SpecialChar menuseparator
التحديد من التحديد الرئيسي.
هذا عادة هو النص المحدد حاليا.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
اختيار
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
بحث
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
استبدال
\family default
سيفتح نافذة
\family sans
بحث
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
و
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
استبدال.
وبمجرد العثور على الكلمة أو الجملة المطلوبة،
سيقوم
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
\family sans
بتحديدها.
النقر على زر استبدال سيستبدل الكلمة المحددة بالكلمة أو الجملة التي كتبتها في حقل استبدال بـ .
وتستطيع النقر على زر بحث التالي لتخطي الكلمة الحالية.
أما النقر على زر استبدال الكل سوف يستبدل كل الكلمة المراد استبدالها بشكل آلي.
إن خيار حالة الأحرف يمكن استخدامه إذا كنت تريد أن يراعي البحث حالة الأحرف الانجليزية (Capital،
small) .
فإذا تم اختياره،
لن تجد وظيفة البحث كلمة Test إذا كتبت الكلمة في حقل البحث بحروف صغيره test .
الخيار التالي هو كلمات كاملة فقط،
فمثلا عند البحث عن كلمة يذهب لن يتوقف عند كلمة يذهبون لأنها غير مطابقة لها تماما في عدد الأحرف.
يمتلك
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
\family sans
أيضا ميزة البحث المتقدم والذي يحتوي على خيارات أكثر،
ويمكن الاطلاع على تفاصيل أكثر عنه في قسم
\family default
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Things like notes,
floats,
etc.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
(the so called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
insets
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) can be dissolved.
This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text.
Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an inset and pressing
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
\family sans
Delete
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
استخدام الاختصار Ctrl+A سيحدد كامل النص في المستند.
بينما لو استخدمنا نفس الاختصار أثناء وجود المؤشر داخل مربع إدارج (ملاحظة مظللة مثلا) فإنه سيتم تحديد ما في داخل الملاحظة المظللة فقط.
لكن النقر على Ctrl+A بشكل متتالي سيجعل التحديد يشمل مربع الإدراج،
ثم سيقوم بتحديد كامل المستند.
أخيرا إذا استخدمنا المفاتيح Ctrl+Alt+A فإن كامل المستند سيتم تحديده بالإضافة إلى أن المؤشر سيصبح في نهاية المستند.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الإعادة والتكرار
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تكرار
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تراجع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إذا وقعت بخطأ،
يمكنك العودة عنه بسهولة.
إن \SpecialChar LyX
يخصص سعة كبيرة في الذاكرة المؤقتة لخاصيتي تراجع/تكرار.
اختر
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
تراجع أو زر
\family default
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "undo"
\end_inset
في شريط الأدوات لتراجع عن خطأ ما.
وإذا تراجعت أكثر من اللازم يمكنك استخدام
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\strikeout off
\xout off
\uuline off
\uwave off
\noun off
\color none
\family sans
\series default
\shape default
\size default
\emph default
\bar default
\strikeout default
\xout default
\uuline default
\uwave default
\noun default
\color inherit
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
تكرار أو زر
\family default
\lang english
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "redo"
\end_inset
في شريط الأدوات.
إن خاصية التراجع والتكرار محدودة بمئة خطوة لعدم استهلاك الذاكرة.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
لاحظ أنك إذا تراجعت عن جميع الخطوات،
أي إلى آخر عملية حفظ،
فإن مفتاح الترجع سيصبح غير مفعل،
ولن تستطيع للأسف التراجع عن عمليات قمت بها سابقا.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
عمليتي التراجع و التكرار تعمل مع أي شيء في \SpecialChar LyX
،
لكنها لا تسمح بالتراجع حرف حرف،
وإنما التراجع عن كامل المقطع.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
عمليات الفارة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عمليات الفارة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
هذه أهم عمليات أساسية تقوم بها الفارة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
الحركة
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
عند النقر بزر الفارة الأيسر في أي مكان من المستند في نافذة التحرير.
نقرة واحدة يصبح المؤشر داخل النص،
وعند النقر على الكلمة نقرتين يم تحديد الكلمة،
وعند النقر عليها ثلاث مرات يتم تحديد كامل السطر.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
تحديد النص
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
ضع المؤشر حيث تريد أن يبدأ التحديد ثم انقر على زر الفارة الأيسر،
ثم اسحب إلى نهاية التحديد وارفع إصبعك عن زر الفارة.
سيقوم \SpecialChar LyX
بتحديد النص بين نقطتي البداية والنهاية اللتين قمت بتحديدهما.
استخدم
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
نسخ أو Ctrl+C لإنشاء نسخة من النص في الحافظة.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
ضع المؤشر حيث تريد لصق النص في نافذة التحرير ثم
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
لصق أو Ctrl+V .
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
الإدراج (تذييل،
ملاحظة،
تعويم،
إلخ.)
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
أنقر بزر الفارة الأيمن على الكائن الذي أدرجته ثم اختر إعدادات.
أيضا اطلع على appropriate القسم في هذا الكتيب للمزيد من التفاصيل.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
الاستكشاف
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Navigating"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الاستكشاف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\SpecialChar LyX
يعرض عليك عدة طرق للاستكشاف داخل المستندات:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
قائمة استكشاف تحتوي قائمة بكل أقسام المستند وتستطيع الانتقال لأي منها بالنقر على اسمه.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
الخلاصة،
تستطيع الوصول لها عن طريق
\family sans
عرض\SpecialChar menuseparator
نافذة
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
الخلاصة أو بالنقر على رمز الخلاصة
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset
في شريط الأدوات.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
يمكنك تعيين العلامات الإشارات المرجعية في مستندك عن طريق
\family sans
استكشاف\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
العلامات ومن نفس القائمة يمكنك العودة لها.
مع ملاحظة أن هذه العلامات تحفظ بين الجلسات.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إن زر
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
\family sans
أو استكشاف\SpecialChar menuseparator
العلامات\SpecialChar menuseparator
استكشاف
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
للخلف أو Ctrl+< سوف يعود بك لأخر موقع قمت بالتعديل عليه.
وهذا عملي عندما يكون لديك مستند كبير وتكون في جزء معين منه لمشاهدة شيء ما،
ثم ترغب بالعودة لآخر مكان قمت بتعديله.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
أخير بالنقر على زر F5 يتحرك مؤشر الفارة إلى وسط نافذة التحرير.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الخلاصة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:The-Outliner"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الاستكشاف !
خلاصة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خلاصة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
في أعلى نافذة الخلاصة توجد قائمة منسدلة،
تستطيع من خلال اختيار عدة أنواع من القوائم،
مثل جدول المحتويات،
وقائمة الرسوم التوضيحية وقائمة الجداول وغيرها.
(أنظر القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
)،
أو الملاحظات ولاستشهادات (أنظر القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إن النقر على أي من محتويات هذه القوائم سوف ينتقل بك إليه.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
عند النقر على أي عنصر بزر الفارة الأيمن سوف يعرض الخيارات والإعدادات الخاصة به،
مثلا النقر على استشهاد معين بزر الفارة الأيمن سوف يظهر خيار إعدادات ليسمح لك بالتعديل على الاستشهاد.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إن حقل المرشح في أعلى النافذة يسمح لك بتقييد المدخلات التي ستظهر في الخلاصة.
مثلا،
إذا كنت تعرض قائمة الملصقات والمراجع وترغب برؤية مراجع الأقسام الفرعية فقط،
أكتب كلمة sub في المرشح،
عندها سيتم عرض العناصر التي تحتوي هذه الكلمة فقط.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow you further to control the display.
The
\family sans
Sort
\family default
option sorts the current list alphabetically.
Otherwise,
the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the document.
The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
option keeps it in the current view state.
Keeping means that when you have,
for example,
the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2 and 4 displayed and click on section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3,
the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2 and 4 will still be displayed.
Without the
\family sans
Keep
\family default
option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3.
Finally,
the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
depth
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
في اسفل نافذة الخلاصة توجد عدة أزرار تسمح لك بالمزيد من التحكم بالعرض،
فالخيار فرز يرتب القائمة الحالية هجائيا.
وبدون هذا الخيار ستظهر عناصر القائمة مرتبة حسب مكان وجودها في المستند.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
الزر
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "reload"
\end_inset
يستخدم لتحديث القائمة (وهو غير مهم عادة).
أما بقية الأزرار فتسمح بتغيير موقع عنصر معين في قسم داخل المستند.
فمثلا الزرين
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-down"
\end_inset
و
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-up"
\end_inset
يسمحان بالتعديل للأعلى والأسفل مع المحافظة على المستوى،
مثلا القسم
\numeric on
2.5
\numeric off
يمكن نقله للأعلى ليصبح
\numeric on
2.4
\numeric off
والقسم الذي قبله ستحول رقمه تلقائيا إلى
\numeric on
2.5
\numeric off
،
وكذلك يمكن نقله للأسفل ليصبح
\numeric on
2.6
\numeric off
.
أما الزرين
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-out"
\end_inset
و
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "outline-in"
\end_inset
فيسمحان برفع أو حفظ مستوى القسم للأعلى والاسفل ،
مثلا القسم
\numeric on
2.5
\numeric off
عند رفعه سيتحول من
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
قسم
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
إلى
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
فصل
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
وبالتالي يتحول رقمه من
\numeric on
2.5
\numeric off
إلى
\numeric on
3
\numeric off
،
وكذلك بالنسبة لزر الخفض،
فعند النقر عليه سيخفض مستوى القسم
\numeric on
2.5
\numeric off
من
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
مستوى
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
إلى
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
مستوى فرعي
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
في القسم السابق له،
وبالتالي يتحول رقمه من
\numeric on
2.5
\numeric off
إلى
\numeric on
2.4.1
\numeric off
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
بالنقر بزر الفارة الأيمن على قسم في نافذة الخلاصة يمكنك نسخ كامل القسم،
أو قصه أو حذفه.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الشريط الأفقي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الاستكشاف !
الشريط الأفقي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
لا يملك \SpecialChar LyX
شريط أفقي لأن هيئة صفحات الخرج مثل A
\numeric on
4
\numeric off
أقل عرضا من شاشة الحاسب الشخصي أو الحاسب المحمول.
وسوف لن تواجه مشكلة في استعراض ملف الخرج إذا كان عرضه أكبر من عرض الشاشة.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
هناك بعض الحالات التي يكون فيها من الضروري وجود شريط التمرير الأفقي.
مثل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\SpecialChar LyX
يستخدم في الأجهزة اللوحية الصغيرة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
يتم تدوير الجهاز اللوحي °
\numeric on
90
\numeric off
لملء كامل الشاشة
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
See section
\emph on
Rotated Floats
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
إنشاء عمليات رياضية بأسماء أوامر طويلة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
ولهذه الحالات \SpecialChar LyX
يملك آلية للتنقل داخل المستند.
مثلا عند تقلص شاشة \SpecialChar LyX
أثناء تحرير جدول عريض
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
يمكننا التنقل بين خلاليا الجدول باستخدام مفتاح الجدولة Tab في لوحة لمفاتح أو عن طريق أزرار الأسهم.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Horizontal-scrollong-test"
\end_inset
اختبار شريط التمرير الأفقي.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ج
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الإكمال التلقائي للكلمة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Input-Completion"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الإكمال التلقائي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إكمال الكلمة|أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Input completion
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently opened.
Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that is used to propose completions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Input completion can be activated in the \SpecialChar LyX
preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
) in the section
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Input Completion
\family default
.
With the option
\family sans
Automatic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
inline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
completion
\family default
the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor.
With the option
\family sans
Automatic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
popup
\family default
the completions are always shown in a popup.
The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
\family sans
Cursor
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
indicator
\family default
.
With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and popup completion,
you can set the minimal number of characters a word must have that it will be taken into account for a completion and you can choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there are completions available.
Press the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
key to accept a proposed completion.
If several completions are possible,
a popup is opened showing them.
You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
and accept the chosen completion by pressing
\family sans
Return
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the corresponding options for text.
The special math option
\family sans
Autocorrection
\family default
enables characters to be composed.
If,
for example,
you want to insert the character
\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
\end_inset
,
you can then input the characters
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
=>
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to a formula to get it.
So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use of the math toolbar.
A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
\family typewriter
autocorrect
\family default
that is in \SpecialChar LyX
's installation folder.
Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation mark key “!”.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
turns it off.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
مفاتيح التحكم الأساسية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مفتاح الربط
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الربط|أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Key Bindings
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
إختصارات|أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Key Bindings
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are at least two different primary binding maps:
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
and
\family typewriter
emacs
\family default
.
\SpecialChar LyX
's default is
\family typewriter
cua
\family default
,
which can be changed in the \SpecialChar LyX
preferences under
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Shortcuts
\family default
.
(You can list or change any key bindings as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Some keys,
like
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Up
\family default
,
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Down
\family default
,
\family sans
Left
\family default
,
\family sans
Right
\family default
,
\family sans
Up
\family default
and
\family sans
Down
\family default
,
do exactly what you expect them to do.
Other keys don't:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
جدولة
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Tab"
description "مفتاح جدولة"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\family default
\lang english
There is no such thing as a tab stop in \SpecialChar LyX
.
If you do not understand this,
go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
especially section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Lists"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
right now.
Yes,
right now.
If you are still confused,
look in the
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
In \SpecialChar LyX
the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
key is only used to accept proposed input completions,
to move the cursor in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or Enumerate.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
خروج
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Esc"
description "مفتاح الخروج"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\family default
\lang english
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cancel key.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
It is used,
generically,
to cancel operations.
Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Home
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
End
\family default
These move the cursor,
respectively,
to the beginning and end of a line,
unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning or end of the file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
توجد ثلاث مفاتح للتعديل:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
تحكم
\family default
\lang english
(Denoted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Ctrl
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Ctrl"
description "مفتاح التحكم"
literal "false"
\end_inset
in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses,
depending on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\lang english
Backspace
\family default
or
\family sans
Delete
\family default
,
it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\lang english
Left
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\family default
,
it moves by words instead of characters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\lang english
Home
\family default
and
\family sans
End
\family default
,
it moves to the beginning and the end of the document,
respectively.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
علوي
\family default
\lang english
(Denoted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Shift
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Shift"
description "مفتاح علوي"
literal "false"
\end_inset
in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select the text between the old and new cursor positions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
الت
\family default
\lang english
(Denoted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "Alt"
description "مفتاح Alt"
literal "false"
\end_inset
in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards,
unless your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
If you have both keys,
you will need to try out which one actually performs the
\family sans
Alt+
\family default
function.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
This key does many different things,
but it also activates the
\emph on
menu accelerator keys
\emph default
.
If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a menu or menu item,
it selects that menu item.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For example,
the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
e
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
s
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
c
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
brings up the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Text Style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
dialog.
Typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
f
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
opens the
\family sans
File
\family default
menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\emph on
Shortcuts
\emph default
manual lists all other things bound to the
\family sans
Alt
\family default
key.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use \SpecialChar LyX
,
because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the bottom of \SpecialChar LyX
's main window which describes the name of the action you have just triggered,
and any existing key bindings for that action.
The \SpecialChar LyX
menus also list the defined key bindings.
The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used in this documentation,
so you should not have any problems understanding it.
However,
notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned,
so
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Alt+P Shift+A
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
means
\family sans
Alt+P
\family default
followed by a capital
\family sans
A
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
أساسيات ليك \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ليك !
أساسيات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
نوع المستند
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
الأنواع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مقدمة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Before you do anything else,
before you ever start writing a document,
you need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
Different types of documents use different types of spacing,
headings,
numbering schemes,
and so on.
Additionally,
different documents use different paragraph environments,
and format the title of your document differently.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A
\emph on
document class
\emph default
describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
By setting the document class,
you automatically select these properties,
making it easier to create the type of document you want.
If you don't choose a document class,
\SpecialChar LyX
picks one for you by default.
So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نوع المستند
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
نوع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Document-Classes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
تستطيع اختيار نوع المستند عن طريق
\family sans
مستند\SpecialChar menuseparator
إعدادات\SpecialChar menuseparator
نوع المستند
\family default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
.
اختر نوع المستند الذي تريد،
ثم اضبطه بالخيارات التي تريد.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
نظرة عامة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
يحتوي ليك على أربعة أنواع من المستندات الأساسية.
هي:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
مقالة للمقالات البسيطة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
تقرير للتقارير البسيطة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
كتاب لكتابة الكتب
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
رسالة للرسائل بالأسلوب الأمريكي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
هناك أنواع غير قياسية أخرى،
والتي يستخدمها \SpecialChar LyX
إذا كانت إذا كانت ملفات \SpecialChar LaTeX
الخاصة بها مركبة،
على الرقم من أن معظم هذه الملفات يتم تركيبها بشكل افتراضي.
وسنستعرض في الأسطر القادمة بعضا منها.
أما إذا أردت مشاهدة قائمة كاملة بكل أنواع المستندات فستجدها في فصل أنواع المستندات الخاصة في كتيب خصائص إضافية:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
A&A مقالة حسب نسق وهيئة صحفية علم الفلك والفيزياء الفلكية.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
ACS مقالة حسب نسق وهيئة صحفية مجتمع الكيميائيين الأمريكيين.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
AGU مقالة حسب نسق وهيئة صحفية اتحاد الجيوفيزيائيين الأمريكيين.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American Mathematical Society (AMS).
There are three article layouts available.
The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc.,
that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
All result-type statements (propositions,
corollaries,
and so on) are sequenced together,
but definitions,
examples,
and the like have their own sequence.
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
sequential numbering
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
scheme does not place the section number with each result,
but numbers them throughout the article in a single sequence.
Each type of result gets its own sequence.
There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Beamer نسق للعروض التقديمية،
وهو الأفضل من بقية حزم العروض التقديمية.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Broadway نسق كتابة الألعاب.
إنه ليس نوع موجود في \SpecialChar LaTeX
،
لكنه نوع جديد تم إنشاءه في \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Chess نسق للكتابة عن لعبة الشطرنج.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Curriculum
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
vitae نوع لإنشاء بيان السيرة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Elsarticle نسق صحيفة مجموعة النشر Elsevier
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Foils يستخدم لإنتاج الشفافيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Hollywood يستخدم في كتابة سكربتات الأفلام الأمريكية.
إنه ليس نوع موجود في \SpecialChar LaTeX
،
لكنه نوع جديد تم إنشاءه في \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
IEEEtran نسق صحيفة معهد الإلكترونيات ومهندسي الإلكترونيات (IEEE)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
IOP نسق صحيفة مجموعة نشر معهد الفيزياء
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Kluwer نسق صحيفة مجموعة النشر Kluwer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
KOMA-Script بديل لنوع المستند القياسي،
ويملك الكثير من المميزات العملية مما جعله الأكثر استخداما لإنتاج الكتب الكبيرة والرسائل العلمية.
(مستخدم في هذا المستند.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Memoir بديل آخر للنوع القياسي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Powerdot نسق للعروض التقديمية لكنه أقل دعما للصور من Beamer .
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
REVTeX يستخدم في نشر مقالات مجتمع الفيزياء الأمريكي (APS),
والمعهد الأمريكي للفيزياء (AIP),
ومجتمع البصريات الأمريكي (OSA).
وهذا النوع غير متوافق تماما مع \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Slides نوع قديم يستخدم لإنتاج الشفافيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
SPIE
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Proceedings نسق صحيفة المجتمع الدولي لمهندسي البصريات (SPIE)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Springer نسق صحيفة مجموعة النشر Springer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
لم نقم بالدخول في تفاصيل كيفية استخدام أنواع المستندات السابقة.
\emph on
ويمكنك العثور على تفاصيل عن الأنواع غير القياسية في فصل أنواع المستندات غير القياسية في كتيب
\emph default
خصائص إضافية.
إلى هنا،
سوف نكتفي ببعض الخصائص الأكثر شيوعا لهذه الأنواع.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الإتاحة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
\family default
are marked as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Unavailable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
If you open a document that uses such a class,
you will receive a warning saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are not installed.
So it may seem that something is wrong.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Nothing is wrong.
\SpecialChar LyX
includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
and some of them,
like
\family sans
IOP
\family default
,
are highly specialized.
\SpecialChar LyX
tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
and it includes almost one hundred different layout files,
with a growing number.
No \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution will install by default all files that might be needed by some document class.
There are just too many of them.
That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Unavailable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
you just need to install the appropriate package files.
The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that document class for a new file.
\SpecialChar LyX
will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
See section
\emph on
Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
files
\emph default
in of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual for information on how to install them.
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Although \SpecialChar LyX
provides support for many different sorts of documents,
it does not include support for every document class people might want to use.
For example,
many universities provide \SpecialChar LaTeX
class files to be used for dissertations submitted to those universities.
The \SpecialChar LyX
team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
There are too many.
Fortunately,
users can write their own layout files,
and many users have done so.
Chapter
\emph on
Installing New Document Classes,
Layouts,
and Templates
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual contains information on how to create layout files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
النماذج
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Modules"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
نماذج
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the chosen document class.
For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
This is not available in any document class,
so you have to load the corresponding module in the
\family sans
Modules
\family default
section of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
dialog.
Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what it does.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Some modules require \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages or file format converters that are not always installed by default.
\SpecialChar LyX
will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter,
and it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
You can still use the module while editing your file,
but you will not be able to export to PDF or print your document,
since \SpecialChar LyX
will not be able to compile the \SpecialChar LaTeX
file without the missing prerequisites.
If you want to be able to produce this kind of output,
then you need to install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
by selecting
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reconfigure
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعادة ضبط ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
See section Installing new \SpecialChar LaTeX
files of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual for more information on installing required packages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Some modules require other modules,
and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
\SpecialChar LyX
will advise you about these things.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
النسق المحلي
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Local-Layout"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
نسق محلي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Modules are to \SpecialChar LyX
much as packages are to \SpecialChar LaTeX
:
They are intended to be used in a variety of different documents.
If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different documents,
you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
Sometimes,
however,
a particular document has very special needs,
but you need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
You want something that is like a document's own \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble.
What you want is \SpecialChar LyX
's
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Local Layout
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
See section
\emph on
Local Layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual for information on how to use it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الخصائص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
كل نوع من المستندات لها خصائص افتراضية.
وهنا جدول بسيط يقارن بينها:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
أسلوب الصفحة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
الاتجاه
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
الأعمدة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أعلى مستوى
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
المقالة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
بسيط
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
واحد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
واحد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
القسم
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
التقرير
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
بسيط
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
واحد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
واحد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
الفصل
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الكتاب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
عناوين
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إثنين
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
واحد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
الفضل
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الرسالة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
بسيط
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
واحد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
واحد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
بدون
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You're probably also wondering what
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Max.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sectioning level
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
means.
There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
Only two use the
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
heading;
the rest do not and begin instead with the
\family sans
Section
\family default
heading.
Some document classes,
such as the ones for letters,
don't use any section headings.
In addition to
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
and
\family sans
Section
\family default
headings,
there are also
\family sans
Subsection
\family default
headings,
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
headings,
and so on.
We will describe these headings fully in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Headings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
أسلوب المستند
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Document-Layout"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
نسق
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
There in the
\family sans
Class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
options
\family default
field under
\family sans
Documents
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Class
\family default
,
you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated list.
This is only necessary if \SpecialChar LyX
doesn't support special options you want to use for your document.
To learn more about your favorite \SpecialChar LaTeX
-class and its options,
you have to read its manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The drop box
\family sans
Headings
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
style
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog under
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
You can choose between the following five options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
افتراضي
\family default
يستخدم أسلوب الصفحة الافتراضي لهذا المستند.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
فارغ
\family default
بدون ترقيم للصفحات أو عناوين.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
بسيط
\family default
ترقيم للصفحات فقط.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
معنون
\family default
ترقيم للصفحات وفصول وأقسام مرقمة.
وهذا يتوقف على الحد الأعلى من المستويات الذي يسمح به نوع المستوى المستخدم.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
فاخر
\family default
هذا يسمح لك بتخصيص كامل للراس والتذييل إذا كنت ركبت حزمة
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
والتي شرحت بشكل مفصل في القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
اتجاه وحجم الصفحة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
حجم الصفحة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
يمكن أن تجد الخيارات التالية في
\family sans
نسق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
الصفحة
\family default
في
\family sans
مستند\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
إعدادات:
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
هيئة
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
الصفحة
\family default
ما هو حجم ورق الطباعة المتاح.
الخيارات هي
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
افتراضي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
أ0 – أ6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
ب0 – ب6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
ج0 – ج6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
رسائل أمريكية,
قانوني أمريكي,
إداري أمريكي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
ياباني B0 – ياباني B6
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
مخصص
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Orientation
\family default
To choose whether to output as
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
or as
\family sans
Portrait
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Two-sided
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
document
\family default
Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الهوامش
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Margins"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
هوامش
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هوامش
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Paper margins are set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you use a KOMA-Script document class,
you can use the default settings because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ملاحظة هامة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you change a document class,
\SpecialChar LyX
has to convert
\emph on
everything
\emph default
into the new class.
That includes the paragraph environments.
Some paragraph environments are standard,
in so far as all of the document classes have them;
but some classes have special paragraph environments.
If this is the case,
and you change the document class,
\SpecialChar LyX
will mark the paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
unknown
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The name of the style is retained,
in case you should want to go back to the old class.
But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting,
so you will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
بادئة الفقرة والفاصلة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فقرة !
بادئة الفقرة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مقدمة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Before describing all of the various paragraph environments,
we'd like to say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
\emph on
first
\emph default
paragraph of a section,
or after a figure,
an equation,
a table,
a list,
etc.,
is
\emph on
not
\emph default
indented.
Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document language than English.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The space between paragraphs,
like the line spacing,
the space between headings and text —
in fact,
all the spacing for just about everything —
is pre-coded into \SpecialChar LyX
.
As we said,
you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
\SpecialChar LyX
takes care of that.
In fact,
these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a range.
That way,
\SpecialChar LyX
can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure figures fit on a page with text,
so that sections don't start at the bottom of a page,
and so on.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
does this when \SpecialChar LyX
goes to produce a printable file.
\end_layout
\end_inset
However,
pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
\SpecialChar LyX
gives you the ability globally to change
\emph on
all
\emph default
these pre-coded spacings.
We will explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فاصلة الفقرة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فقرة !
فاصلة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Select
\family sans
Indentation
\family default
or
\family sans
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
space
\family default
in the submenu
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
of the dialog
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs,
respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ضبط دقيق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
Open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
dialog and toggle the
\family sans
Indent
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Paragraph
\family default
option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation,
this button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling this).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph if you need to do some fine-tuning.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تباعد الأسطر
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فقرى !
تباعد الأسطر
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
\lang english
dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
You need to have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
setspace
\series default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
setspace
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
installed to use this feature.
\end_layout
\end_inset
You can set it for a single paragraph in the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing is normally defined in the environment's style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
بيئات النص
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فقرة !
بيئات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
بيئات الفقرة|(
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نظرة عامة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Paragraph environments correspond to the
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
begin{
\emph on
environment
\emph default
} \SpecialChar ldots
\backslash
end{
\emph on
environment
\emph default
}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
command sequence in \SpecialChar LaTeX
files.
If you don't know \SpecialChar LaTeX
,
or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally alien to you,
we urge you to read the
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
.
The
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
also contains many more examples than this section does.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A paragraph environment is simply a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
container
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
This can include a particular style of font,
different margins,
a numbering scheme,
labels,
and so on.
Additionally,
you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
nest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
the different environments inside one another,
allowing one environment to inherit some of the properties of another.
The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy tab stops,
on the fly margin adjustment,
and other hangovers from the days of typewriters.
There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular document type.
We will only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To choose a new paragraph environment,
use the pull-down box
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
scale 70
clip
\end_inset
\lang english
at the left end of the toolbar.
\SpecialChar LyX
will change the environment of the
\emph on
entire
\emph default
paragraph in which the cursor sits.
You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if you select them before choosing the new environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that entering
\family sans
Return
\family default
will
\emph on
typically
\emph default
create a new paragraph using the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
paragraph environment.
We say
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
typically
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
because if you are in one of these environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الاقتباس
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الاقتباس الطويل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الشعر
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الترقيم النقطي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الترقيم العددي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الوصف
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
القائمة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
,
rather than resetting it to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
قياسي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The default paragraph environment is
\family sans
Standard
\family default
for most classes.
It creates a plain paragraph.
If \SpecialChar LyX
resets the paragraph environment,
this is the one it chooses.
In fact,
the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in this manual) are in the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can nest a paragraph using the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment in just about anything else,
but you can't really nest anything in a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عنوان المستند
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
عنوان
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A \SpecialChar LaTeX
title page has three parts:
the title itself,
the name(s) of the author(s) and a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
footnote
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for thanks or contact information.
For certain types of documents,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
places all of this on a separate page along with today's date.
For other types of documents,
the title
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
goes at the top of the first page of the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph environments
\family sans
Title
\family default
,
\family sans
Author
\family default
,
and
\family sans
Date
\family default
.
Here's how you use them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Put the title of your document in the
\family sans
Title
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Put the author name in the
\family sans
Author
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
If you want the date to have a certain appearance,
want to use a fixed date,
or want other text to appear in place of today's date,
put that text in the
\family sans
Date
\family default
environment.
Note that using this environment is optional.
If you don't provide any,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
will automatically insert today's date.
If you don't want a date,
use the option
\family sans
Suppress default date on front page
\family default
in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
class
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can use footnotes to insert
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
thanks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or contact information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
العناوين
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عنونة الأقسام
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Headings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
\SpecialChar LyX
takes care of the numbering for you.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
العناوين المرقمة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عنونة الأقسام !
ترقيم
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
توجد
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\strikeout off
\xout off
\uuline off
\uwave off
\noun off
\color none
\family default
\series default
\shape default
\size default
\emph default
\numeric on
\bar default
\strikeout default
\xout default
\uuline default
\uwave default
\noun default
\color inherit
7
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\numeric off
\bar no
\strikeout off
\xout off
\uuline off
\uwave off
\noun off
\color none
\family default
\series default
\shape default
\size default
\emph default
\bar default
\strikeout default
\xout default
\uuline default
\uwave default
\noun default
\color inherit
أنواع من العناوين الجانبية المرقمة.
هي:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
جزء
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
فصل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
قسم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
قسم فرعي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
قسم تحت فرعي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
فقرة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\family sans
فقرة فرعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
labels each heading with a series of numbers,
separated by periods.
The numbers describe where in the document you are.
Unlike the other headings,
parts are numbered with Latin letters.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
For example,
suppose you're writing a book.
You group the book into chapters.
\SpecialChar LyX
does a similar grouping:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
الجزء ينقسم إلى فصول أو أقسام
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
الفصل ينقسم إلى أقسام
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
القسم ينقسم إلى أقسام فرعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
القسم الفرعي ينقسم إلى أقسام تحت فرعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
القسم تحت الفرعي ينقسم إلى فقرات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
الفقرة تنقسم إلى فقرات فرعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Not all document types use the
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
heading as the maximum sectioning level.
In that case the
\family sans
Section
\family default
is the top-level heading.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
So,
if you use the
\family sans
Subsubsection
\family default
environment to label a new sub-subsection,
\SpecialChar LyX
labels it with its number,
along with the number of the subsection,
section and,
if applicable,
chapter that it's in.
For example:
the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
2.5
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
العناوين غير المرقمة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عنونة الأقسام !
غير مرقم
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The unnumbered section headings have a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
*
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
at the end of their name.
They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in the table of contents,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
تغيير الترقيم
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear in the Table of Contents.
Now,
this doesn't remove any of the levels;
that's preset in the document class.
Just as certain classes start with
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
and go down to the
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
level.
Others start at
\family sans
Section
\family default
.
Similarly,
not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
Most don't number
\family sans
Paragraph
\family default
or
\family sans
Subparagraph
\family default
.
This is something you can change.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Open the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
Under
\family sans
Numbering
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
TOC
\family default
you will see two counters.
The one named
\family sans
Numbering
\family default
controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy \SpecialChar LyX
numbers a section heading.
The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table of contents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
العناوين القصيرة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عنونة الأقسام !
عنوان قصير
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Short Titles
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Some section or chapter titles,
such as this one,
can get quite long.
This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
For example,
if the header of the page is set to show the current section title,
a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
avoiding the problem mentioned.
To specify a short title,
set the cursor behind the title and use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Short
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Title
\family default
.
This will insert a box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Short
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Title
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
which you can use to enter the short title text.
This also works for captions inside floats.
There can only be one short title per title.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
معلومات خاصة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The following information applies to all section headings:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
لا تستطيع التفريخ داخلها.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
لا تستطيع إضافة ملاحظة هامشية داخلها.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
لا تستطيع إدراج معادلة رياضية فيها.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
لا تستطيع إدراج ملصق أو إشارة مرجعية لرقمها.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الاقتباس والشعر
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
They are
\family sans
Quote
\family default
,
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
,
and
\family sans
Verse
\family default
.
Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below the text they contain.
They also allow nesting,
so you can put a
\family sans
Verse
\family default
in a
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
,
as well as in some other paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There is another feature of these three paragraph environments:
they do
\emph on
not
\emph default
reset to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
when you start a new paragraph.
So,
you can type in that poem and merrily enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
Of course,
that means that,
once you are done typing in that poem,
you have to change back to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment yourself.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الاقتباس والاقتباس الطويل
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Quote"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الاقتباس
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments,
it's time for the differences.
\family sans
Quote
\family default
and
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
are identical except for one difference:
\family sans
Quote
\family default
uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
\emph on
always
\emph default
indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here's an example of the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\lang english
This is in the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment.
I can keep writing,
extending this line out further and further until it wraps.
See – no indentation!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\lang english
Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
Again,
there's no indentation,
but there is extra space between me and the other paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here's another example,
this time in the
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\lang english
This is in the
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
environment.
If I keep writing,
you will see the indentation.
If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting the first line,
then
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
is the environment for you!
Well,
you'd use it
\emph on
if
\emph default
you were quoting other text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\lang english
Here's a new paragraph.
I could ramble on and on,
like a politician at election time.
If I did that,
though,
you'd get bored.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As the examples show,
\family sans
Quote
\family default
is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
They should put quotes in the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment.
Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
paragraph environment for quoted text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الشعر
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فقرة !
شعر
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شعر
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Verse"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Verse
\family default
is a paragraph environment for poetry,
rhymes,
verses,
and so on.
Here's an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
\lang english
This is in Verse
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Which I did not rehearse!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
\lang english
It could be much worse.
This line could be long,
very long,
oh so long,
so very long that it wraps around.
It looks okay on screen,
but in the printed version,
the extra lines are indented a bit more than the first.
Okay,
so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
So sue me.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
\lang english
To break a line
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
And make things look fine
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As you can see,
\family sans
Verse
\family default
does not indent both margins.
Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
To separate the individual lines of a stanza,
use the shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الترقيم
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قوائم
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Lists"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds of lists.
In the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
and
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environments,
\SpecialChar LyX
labels your list items with bullets or numbers,
respectively.
In the
\family sans
Description
\family default
and
\family sans
List
\family default
environments,
\SpecialChar LyX
lets you provide your own label.
We will present the individual details of each type of list next after describing some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مميزات عامة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments in several ways.
First,
\SpecialChar LyX
treats each paragraph as a list item.
Hitting
\family sans
Return
\family default
does
\emph on
not
\emph default
reset the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
The nesting depth is thereby kept.
If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting depth,
you can use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
.
\lang english
If you do this at the top level of a list,
it returns you to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
In fact,
\SpecialChar LyX
changes the labels on some list items depending on how it is nested.
If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments,
we suggest you read all of section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الترقيم النقطي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم !
نقطي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
paragraph environment.
It has the following properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The items can have any length.
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list may be in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
If you nest an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment inside another
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment,
the label changes to a new symbol.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
always shows the same symbol on screen.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for a full explanation of nesting.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Of course,
that explanation was also an example of an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list.
The
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The label for the first level
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
is a large black dot,
or bullet.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The label for the second level is a dash.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The label for the third is an asterisk.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Back out to the third level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Back to the second level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
These are the default labels for an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list.
You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog in the submenu
\family sans
Bullets
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
These customizations are not displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الترقيم العددي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم !
عددي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Enumerate"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
It has these properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Each item has a numeral as its label.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
The label type depends on the nesting depth.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Each new
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment resets the counter to one.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Like the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment,
the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
Items can have any length.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Unlike the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment,
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
shows the different labels for each item in \SpecialChar LyX
.
Here is how \SpecialChar LyX
labels the four different levels in an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
The first level of an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Again,
notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth increases.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Back to the third level
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Back to the second level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Back to the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can customize the type of numbering used in the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Customized-Lists"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
Such customization only shows up in the printed version,
not in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There is more to nesting
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environments than we've stated here.
You should read section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
to learn more about nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الوصف
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قوائم !
وصف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Unlike the previous two environments,
the
\family sans
Description
\family default
list has no fixed label.
Instead,
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the first line as the label.
Here's an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
مثال:
هذا مثال على بيئة الوصف.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the rest of the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
it is meant that the first usage of the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an item.
If you need to use more than one word in a label use a
\family sans
Protected Space
\family default
.
(Use either
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
\end_inset
\lang english
or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for more information.) Here is an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Second
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Example:
This one shows how to use a
\family sans
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
in the label of a
\family sans
Description
\family default
list item.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Usage:
You should use the
\family sans
Description
\family default
environment for things like definitions and theorems.
Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text that describes it.
It's not a good idea to use a
\family sans
Description
\family default
environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
You're better off using
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
or
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
and nesting several
\family sans
Standard
\family default
paragraphs into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Nesting:
You can nest
\family sans
Description
\family default
environments inside one another,
nest them in other types of lists,
and so on.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Notice that after the first line,
\SpecialChar LyX
indents subsequent lines,
offsetting them from the first line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الملصقات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قوائم !
ملصقات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
environment is a \SpecialChar LyX
extension to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Like the
\family sans
Description
\family default
list the
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional features.
Here are its properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\lang english
item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
labels \SpecialChar LyX
uses the first
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
word
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of each line as the item label.
The first
\family sans
Space
\family default
after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
If you need to use more than one word in an item label,
use a protected space as described above.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\lang english
margins As you can see,
\SpecialChar LyX
uses different margins for the item label and the body of the item text.
The body of the text has a larger left margin,
which is equal to the default label width plus a little extra space.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\lang english
label
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
width \SpecialChar LyX
uses the width of the label,
or the default width,
whatever is larger.
If the label width is larger,
the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
extends
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
into the first line.
In other words,
the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left margin of the rest of the item text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\lang english
default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all items in a
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
environment has the same left margin.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
To change the default width,
select all items in the list.
Now open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
dialog (toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
The text in the box
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
label
\family default
determines the default label width.
You can use the text of your largest label here,
but you can also use the letter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
multiple times instead.
M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
By using
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
M
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
\family sans
Longest
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
label
\family default
every time you alter a label in a
\family sans
List
\family default
environment.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The predefined default width is the length of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
00.00.0000
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(equal to 6
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
M).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You should use the
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
list the same way as the
\family sans
Description
\family default
list:
When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes it.
The
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
environment gives you another way to do this,
using a different overall layout.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can nest
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
lists inside one another,
nest them in other types of lists,
and so on.
They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
Read section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
to learn about nesting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There is yet another feature of the
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
list:
As you can see in the examples,
\SpecialChar LyX
left-justifies the item labels by default.
You can use additional
\family sans
HFills
\family default
to change how \SpecialChar LyX
justifies the item label.
\family sans
Hfills
\family default
are documented in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
Here are some examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\lang english
Left The default for
\family sans
Labeling
\family default
item labels.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\lang english
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
Right One
\family sans
HFill
\family default
at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\lang english
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
Center
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
One
\family sans
HFill
\family default
at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الترقيم المخصص
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Customized-Lists"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم !
مخصص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The features described in this section require that the module
\family sans
Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
is loaded in the document settings.
The module uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الترقيم العددي المخصص
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم !
عددي !
مخصص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional argument (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Enumerate Options
\family default
) to the first item of each level in the list.
There you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
label=
\backslash
roman{enumi}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
in \SpecialChar TeX
Code (shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
For more about \SpecialChar TeX
Code,
look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:TeX-Code"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\emph on
enumi
\emph default
is hereby the first level counter of the enumeration.
The command
\series bold
\backslash
roman
\series default
outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral.
For capital Roman numerals replace
\series bold
\backslash
roman
\series default
with
\series bold
\backslash
Roman
\series default
in the command above.
For Arabic numerals use
\series bold
\backslash
arabic
\series default
.
To
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
number
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
items with capital or small Latin letters use
\series bold
\backslash
Alph
\series default
or
\series bold
\backslash
alph
\series default
,
respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
You can only number 26
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
items with Latin letters,
because this numbering is limited to single letters.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To change the numbering for the list sublevels,
replace the 'i' in the command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi,
enumii,
enumiii,
enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
هنا قائمة بالترقيم المخصص:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
#
\backslash
Alph{enumi}
\backslash
#
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
مستوى 1
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash
arabic{enumii}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
مستوى 2
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
مستوى 2
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
bfseries{
\backslash
arabic{enumiii}}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
مستوى 3
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
emph{
\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
مستوى 4
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\series bold
\lang english
label=
\backslash
#
\backslash
Alph{enumi}
\backslash
#
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
label=
\backslash
Alph{enumi}.
\backslash
arabic{enumii}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
label=
\backslash
bfseries{
\backslash
arabic{enumiii}}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
label=
\backslash
emph{
\backslash
roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
where the command
\series bold
\backslash
emph{}
\series default
makes the label emphasized and
\series bold
\backslash
bfseries{}
\series default
makes it bold.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
When you change the label of a list level,
it will be used for all following lists until you change the definition.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
استئناف التعداد
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم !
عددي !
استئناف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
label=
\backslash
arabic{enumi}.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
الأول
\begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
goes back to default numbering
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
الثاني
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
نص منظم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
مستأنف
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To resume an enumeration,
use the style
\family sans
Enumerate-Resume
\family default
.
Its numbering appears in blue within \SpecialChar LyX
to indicate that it is a resumed list and that the numbering will not be correct in \SpecialChar LyX
,
but in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
If there is no previous enumeration to resume,
you will get a \SpecialChar LaTeX
error.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the next one.
Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item of a normal enumeration.
There,
insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
start=number
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
where
\emph on
number
\emph default
is the number with which you want to resume the list.
An example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
العنصر الأول
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
العنصر الثاني
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
الترقيم العددي يبدأ بالقيمة المعطاة:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
start=4
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
الترقيم العددي يبدأ من 4
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
تباعد الأسطر
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم !
تباعد
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items of a list.
For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
ترقيم نقطي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
مع مسافة قياسية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item of the list.
Add there the command
\series bold
nolistsep
\series default
to get no additional list space like in this example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
nolistsep
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
ترقيم نقطي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
بدون إضافة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
مسافة رأسية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To add space you can use several other commands provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
For more information see its documentation
\lang arabic_arabi
,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing and indentation.
Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs in the document and the label separation was set to 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset Argument 1
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
labelindent=
\backslash
parindent,
labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
ترقيم عددي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
مع عكس المسافة البادئة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
تخصيص إضافي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم !
مخصص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also change the style of description lists.
The command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
font=definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
changes the description label font,
the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
style=definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
sets the list style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
An example where the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
font=
\backslash
itshape,
style=nextline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
is used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Ionizing
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
radiation:
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
labelindent=0pt,
labelsep=1cm,
font=
\backslash
itshape,
style=nextline
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules,
therefore ionizing them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Reference
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
counting:
In computer science,
reference counting is a technique of storing the number of references,
pointers,
or handles to a resource such as an object,
block of memory,
disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are many more commands and features provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
For more information see its documentation
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "enumitem"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الرسائل
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رسائل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
العنوان والعنوان الأيمن:
نظرة عامة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Although \SpecialChar LyX
has document classes for letters,
we've also created two paragraph environments called
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
.
To use the letter class,
you need to use specific paragraph environments in a specific order,
otherwise \SpecialChar LaTeX
gags on the document.
In contrast,
you can use the
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
You can even nest them inside other environments,
though you can't nest anything in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Of course,
you're not limited to using
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
for letters only.
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
,
in particular,
is useful for creating article titles like those used in some European academic papers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الاستخدام
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Address-Usage"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Address
\family default
environment formats text in the style of an address,
which is also used for the opening and signature in some countries.
Similarly,
the
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address,
which is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Right Address
العنوان الأيمن
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
من أنا
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
أين أنا
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
متى؟
تاريخ اليوم؟
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
That was
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
.
Notice that the lines all have the same left margin,
which \SpecialChar LyX
sets to fit the largest block of text on a single line.
Here's an example of the
\family sans
Address
\family default
environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Address
من أنت
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
إلى أين أرسلها
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
بريدك ودولتك
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As you can see,
both
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
If you enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
in either of these environments,
\SpecialChar LyX
resets the nesting depth and sets the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
This makes sense,
since
\family sans
Return
\family default
is the
\family typewriter
paragraph-break
\family default
function,
and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
Thus,
you have to use
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
(
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
or
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
) to start a new line in an
\family sans
Address
\family default
or
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الكتابة الأكاديمية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography or list of references.
\SpecialChar LyX
contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الملخص
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
ملخص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment is used for the abstract of an article.
Technically,
you could use this environment anywhere,
but you really should only use it at the beginning of the document,
after the title.
Also,
don't bother trying to nest
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
in anything else or
\emph on
vice versa
\emph default
.
It will not work.
The
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
The book document classes ignores the
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
completely,
and it's utterly silly to use
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
in a letter document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment does several things for you.
First,
it puts the centered label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
above the text.
The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical space.
Second,
it typesets everything in a smaller font,
just as you'd expect.
Lastly,
it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and the subsequent text.
Well,
that's how it will appear on the \SpecialChar LyX
screen.
The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are using.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Starting a new paragraph by entering
\family sans
Return
\family default
does not reset the paragraph environment.
The new paragraph will still be in the
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment.
So,
you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/Abstract.pdf
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
\end_inset
فقرة في بيئة الملخص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We would love to demonstrate the
\family sans
Abstract
\family default
environment,
but since this document is in the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
class,
we can't do this.
We inserted it therefore as figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
If you have never heard of an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
abstract
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
before,
you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
ثبت المراجع
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ثبت المراجع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment is used to list references.
Technically,
you could use this environment anywhere,
but you really should only use it at the end of the document.
Nesting
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
in anything else or
\emph on
vice versa
\emph default
will not work.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you first open a
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment,
\SpecialChar LyX
adds a large vertical space,
followed by the heading
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Bibliography
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
References,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
depending on the document class.
The heading is in a large boldface font.
Each paragraph of the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment is a bibliography entry.
Thus,
entering
\family sans
Return
\family default
does not reset the paragraph environment.
Each new paragraph is still in the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There is another,
usually better way to include references in your document by using a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
database.
For more information on that,
and for a detailed description of \SpecialChar LyX
's bibliography handling,
have a look at section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
بيئات خاصة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
provides two environments that can be used to emulate the behavior of a computer console/terminal and a typewriter.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
كود - ليك \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
كود ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LyX-Code"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment is a \SpecialChar LyX
extension.
It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
It also treats the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key as a fixed whitespace.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
In the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment,
the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key is treated as a
\family sans
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Blank
\family default
instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
,
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
and
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
* are the only environments in which you can type multiple whitespaces in \SpecialChar LyX
.
If you need to insert blank lines,
you will still need to use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
(the
\family typewriter
break-line
\family default
function).
\family sans
Return
\family default
breaks paragraphs.
Note,
however,
that
\family sans
Return
\family default
does not reset the paragraph environment.
So,
when you finish using the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment,
you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
Also,
you can nest the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment inside of others.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
You cannot use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
you can't follow
\family sans
Return
\family default
with a
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
You cannot follow a
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
with a
\family sans
Space
\family default
but with a
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
You cannot have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
You must put at least one
\family sans
Space
\family default
in any line you want blank.
Otherwise,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
generates errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
\family sans
"
\family default
since that will insert
\emph on
real
\emph default
quotes.
You get the typewriter double quotes with
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "self-insert \""
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
هذا مثال:
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
#include
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
int main(void)
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
{
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
printf("Hello World!
\backslash
n");
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
return 0;
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This is just the standard
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Hello world!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
program.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
has one purpose:
to typeset code,
such as program source,
shell scripts and so on.
Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text as if you used a typewriter
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
بيئة الفقرة|)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
For longer parts of programming code,
use the listings inset that is described in the chapter
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
حرفي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حرفي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
environment is similar to the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
environment with the difference that its content will be treated like a computer console text.
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
does therefore not have paragraphs so that
\family sans
Return
\family default
breaks lines.
Compared to
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code
\family default
the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key is treated like a normal space in text (not as a protected space) and you can have empty lines.
In contrary to
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
-Code,
\family default
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
cannot
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
have a certain language and a text style
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
contain hyperlinks,
boxes,
foot- and margin notes,
notes,
math,
citations,
index- and nomenclature entries,
labels,
tables,
graphics,
listings,
floats and \SpecialChar TeX
Code
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Because of these properties
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
works like a typewriter.
Here is an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
This is Verbatim.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
\noindent
\align block
The following 2 lines are empty:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim
Almost everything is allowed in Verbatim:"%&$§#~'`
\backslash
}][{|
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Verbatim*
\family default
environment is identical to
\family sans
Verbatim
\family default
with the difference that spaces appear in the output as the character '
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
'.
An example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verbatim*
This is Verbatim*.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
بيئة التفريخ
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تفريخ !
بيئات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مقدمة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific properties.
This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of another block.
For example you have three main points in an outline,
but point #2 also has two subpoints.
In other words,
you have a list inside of another list,
with the inner list
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
attached
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to item #2:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
واحد
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
اثنان
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
ترقيم فرعي – عنصر #1
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
ترقيم فرعي – عنصر #2
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
ثلاثة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
Nesting an environment is quite simple:
Select
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Increase
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Depth
\family default
or
\family sans
Decrease
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
List
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Depth
\family default
to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are nested).
Instead of the menu,
you can also use the toolbar buttons
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
and
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
or the key bindings
\family sans
Tab
\family default
and
\family sans
Shift+Tab
\family default
or
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
and
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
The change will work on the current selection,
if you have made one (allowing you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once),
or the current paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that \SpecialChar LyX
only changes the nesting depth if it can.
If it is invalid to do so,
nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
Additionally,
if you change the depth of one paragraph,
it affects the depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Nesting isn't limited to lists.
In \SpecialChar LyX
,
you can nest just about anything inside anything else,
as you're about to find out.
This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ما الذي تستطيع تفريخه وما لا تستطيع
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you,
we need to tell you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no.
There are three types of paragraph environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Completely unnestable
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Fully nestable,
you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other things inside them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
A third type,
you can nest them into other environments,
but you can't nest anything into them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior,
and which paragraph environments have them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
غير
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
قابل
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
للتفريخ لا يمكن تفريخه داخل غيره.
ولا يمكن التفريخ داخله.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
ثبت المراجع
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الملخص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
العنوان
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
المؤلف
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
التاريخ
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
تفريخ
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
كامل يمكن تفريخه داخل غيره.
ويمكن التفريخ داخله.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
شعر
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الاقتباس
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
الاقتباس الطويل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قائمة نقطية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قائمة عددية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
وصف
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قائمة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
كود ليك
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
حرفي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
حرفي*
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
تفريخ
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
طفيلي يمكن تفريخه داخل غيره.
ولا يمكن التفريخ داخله.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قياسي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
جزء
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
فصل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قسم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قسم فرعي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قسم تحت فرعي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
فقرة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
فقرة فرعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
جزء*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
فصل*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قسم*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قسم فرعي*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
قسم تحت فرعي*
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
عنوان
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
يمين
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
عنوان
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Although it is possible,
for example,
to nest numbered section headings like
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
,
\family sans
Section
\family default
,
etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
into lists,
it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested section headings violate this.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تفريخ أشياء أخرى:
الجداول،
الرياضيات،
التعويم،
إلخ.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تفريخ !
الجداول إلخ.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are several things that aren't paragraph environments,
but which are affected by nesting anyhow.
They are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
المعادلات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
الجداول
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
الرسوم التوضيحية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
(
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Figures and tables in
\family sans
Floats
\family default
are not affected by this.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Have a look at section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
for more information about
\family sans
Floats
\family default
.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
If a figure,
table,
or an equation is inline,
it goes wherever the paragraph it is in goes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
On the other hand,
if you have an equation,
figure or table in a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
paragraph
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of its own,
it behaves just like a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
nestable-inside
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
paragraph environment.
You can nest it into any environment,
but you obviously can't nest anything into it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here's an example with a table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Item One
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ج
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
د
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is (b).
The table is actually nested inside (a).
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If we hadn't nested the table at all,
the list would look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Item One
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ج
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
د
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is (b).
The table is
\emph on
not
\emph default
nested inside (a).
In fact,
it's not nested at all.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested,
but is also the first item of a new list!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There's another trap you can fall into:
Nesting the table,
but not going deep enough.
\SpecialChar LyX
then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Item One
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ج
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
د
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is (b).
The table is actually nested inside Item One,
but
\emph on
not
\emph default
inside (a).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Back out again.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As you can see,
item (b) turned into the first item of a new list,
but a new list
\emph on
inside
\emph default
item 1.
The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
So,
if you nest tables,
figures or equations,
make sure you go to the right depth!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الاستخدام والميزات العامة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Speaking of levels,
\SpecialChar LyX
can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
In other words,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
level #6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is the innermost possible depth.
Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
level #1 – outermost
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
level #2
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
level #3
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
level #4
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
level #5
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
level #6
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit,
and you can see both of them in the example.
Unlike the other fully-nestable environments,
you can only perform a four-fold nesting with the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environments.
For example,
if we tried to nest another
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
list inside item
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
we would get errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
بعض الأمثلة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تفريخ !
أمثلة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
We have several examples of nested environments.
In them,
we explain how we created the example,
so that you can reproduce them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مثال 1:
الطية السادسة والتفريخ المختلط
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#1-a This is the outermost level.
It's a
\family sans
List
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#2-a This is level #2.
We created it by using
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
followed by
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#3-a This is level #3.
This time,
we just enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
,
then used
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
twice in a row.
We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
by entering
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
followed by
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This is actually a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment,
nested inside of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
So,
it's at level #4.
We did this by entering
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
then
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
then changing the paragraph environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph —
it also works for the
\family sans
Description
\family default
,
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
,
and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environments!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here's another
\family sans
Standard
\family default
paragraph,
also at level #4,
made with just a
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#4-a This is level #4.
We enter
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
and changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
List
\family default
.
Remember —
we can't nest anything inside a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment,
which is why we're still at level #4.
However,
we
\emph on
can
\emph default
keep nesting things inside
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#6-a \SpecialChar ldots
and this is level #6.
By now,
you should know how we made these two.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#5-b Back to level #5.
Just enter
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
followed by a
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#4-b After another
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
followed by a
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
we're back at level #4.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#3-b Back to level #3.
By now it should be obvious how we did this.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#2-b Back to level #2.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring MMM
\lang english
#1-b And last,
back to the outermost level,
#1.
After this sentence,
we will enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
and change the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
to end the list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We could have also used the
\family sans
Description
\family default
,
\family sans
Quote
\family default
,
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
,
or even the
\family sans
Verse
\family default
environment in place of the
\family sans
List
\family default
environment.
The example would have worked exactly the same.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مثال 2:
الإرث
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
This is the LyX-Code environment,
at level #1,
the outermost
\end_layout
\begin_layout LyX-Code
\lang english
level.
Now we will enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
,
then
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
after
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
which,
we will change to the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment,
at level #2.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Notice how the nested
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
\family sans
LyX-Code
\family default
),
but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We ended this example by entering
\family sans
Return
\family default
.
After that,
we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
and reset the nesting depth by using
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
once.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مثال 3:
الملصقات،
المستويات،
وبيئة التعداد النقطي والرقمي
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Example #3:
Labels,
Levels and other list environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is level #1,
in an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
paragraph environment.
We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is level #2.
We used
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
followed by
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
Now,
what happens if we nest an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment inside of this one?
It will be at level #3,
but what will its label be?
An asterisk?
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
No!
It's a bullet.
This is the
\emph on
first
\emph default
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment,
even though it's at level #3.
So,
its label is a bullet.
(We got here by using
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
then
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
then changing the environment to
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
.)
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Here's level #4,
produced using
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
then
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
We will do that again\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
\SpecialChar ldots
to get to level #5.
This time,
however,
we also changed the paragraph environment back to
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
.
Notice the type of numbering,
it is
\emph on
lowercase Roman
\emph default
,
because we are in the
\emph on
thirdfold
\emph default
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment (that is,
it is an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
inside an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
inside an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
What happens if we
\emph on
don't
\emph default
change the paragraph environment,
but decrease the nesting depth?
What type of numbering does \SpecialChar LyX
use?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Oh,
as if you couldn't guess by now,
we're just using
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Let's use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
to decrease the depth after the next
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is level #4.
Look what type of label \SpecialChar LyX
is using!
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
This is level #3.
Even though we've changed levels,
\SpecialChar LyX
is still using a lowercase Roman numeral as the label.Why?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Because,
even though the nesting depth has changed,
the paragraph is
\emph on
still
\emph default
a thirdfold
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
Notice,
however,
that \SpecialChar LyX
\emph on
did
\emph default
reset the counter for the label.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Another
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
sequence,
and we're back to level #2.
This time,
we not only changed the nesting depth,
but we also moved back into the twofold-nested
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
The same thing happens if we do another
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
sequence and return to level #1,
the outermost level.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Lastly,
we reset the environment to
\family sans
Standard
\family default
.
As you can see,
the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling \SpecialChar LyX
uses for the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
and
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environments.
The number of other
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
environments surrounding it determines what kind of label \SpecialChar LyX
uses for an
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
item.
The same rule applies for the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
environment,
as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مثال 4:
الذهاب للجنون
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
We're going to go totally nuts now.
We will not nest as deep as in the other examples,
nor will we go into the same detail with how we did it.
(level #1:
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
)
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
(
\family sans
Return,
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\family sans
\lang english
,
Standard
\family default
:
level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created the example in parentheses someplace.
For example,
the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
The environment name is the name of the current environment.
Either before or after this,
we will put in the level.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
(
\family sans
Return,
Enumerate
\family default
:
level #1) This is the next item in the list.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
\lang english
Now we will add verse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
It will get much worse.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
(
\family sans
Return,
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\family sans
\lang english
,
Verse
\family default
:
level #2)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
\lang english
Fiddle dee,
Fiddle doo.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Bippitey boppitey boo!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\family sans
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Verse
\lang english
Here comes a table:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سمكة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سمكتين
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سمكة حمراء
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سمكة زرقاء
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Verse
\lang english
(
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\family sans
\lang english
,
Table,
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\lang english
3 times,
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\family sans
\lang english
,
Verse,
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
(
\family sans
Return,
Enumerate
\family default
:
level #1) This is another item.
Note that selecting a
\family sans
Table
\family default
resets the nesting depth to level #1,
so we increased the nesting depth 3 times to put the table inside the
\family sans
Verse
\family default
environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\lang english
We're now ending the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
list and changing to
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
.
We're still at level #1.
We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
The next set of paragraphs is a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
quoted letter.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
We will nest both the
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environments inside of this one,
then use another nested
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
for the letter body.
We will use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break inverse"
\end_inset
\lang english
to preserve the depth.
Remember that you need to use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
to create multiple lines inside the
\family sans
Address
\family default
and
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
\family default
environments.
Here it goes:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Right Address
\lang english
1234 Nowhere Rd.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Moosegroin,
MT 00100
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
9-6-96
\end_layout
\begin_layout Address
\lang english
Dear Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Fizlewitz:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\lang english
We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
Unfortunately,
several of our cows have mysteriously exploded,
creating a backlog in our orders for methane.
We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order as soon as possible.
In the meantime,
we thank you for your patience.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\lang english
We do,
however,
now have a special on beef.
If you are interested,
please return the enclosed pricing and order form with your order,
along with payment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\lang english
We thank you again for your patience.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Address
\lang english
Sincerely,
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Bill Hick
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Quotation
\lang english
That ends that example!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As you can see,
nesting environments in \SpecialChar LyX
gives you a lot of power with just a few keystrokes.
We could have easily nested an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list inside of a
\family sans
Quotation
\family default
or
\family sans
Quote
\family default
,
or put a
\family sans
Quote
\family default
inside of an
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
list.
You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فصل التفريخ
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تفريخ !
منفصلة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
It is sometimes necessary to have two consecutive environments of the same type.
For example you need two different enumerations:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
مرحبا
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
هذا
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
ترقيم عددي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Separator plain
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
ترقيم نقطي
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Separator parbreak
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
أهلا
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
هذا ترقيم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
عددي آخر
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To split an existing list into two lists,
set the cursor at the end of a list item and use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Separated Above
\family default
or
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Separated Below
\family default
.
This inserts a plain separator (red line in \SpecialChar LyX
) and before or behind it the new list.
Inside nested environments,
it is also possible to split the outer environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By right-clicking on a separator one can change it into a paragraph separator (red arrow in LyX).
The difference between both separator types is that the plain separator only splits the list and not the current paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In general,
you get an environment separator when you press
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
\lang english
in a
\family sans
Standard
\family default
environment immediately after a non-Standard one.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المسافات،
ترقيم الصفحات والأسطر الفاصلة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
What is a space?
While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors,
\SpecialChar LyX
offers you more spaces:
spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end of a line.
The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are useful.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مسافة محمية
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Protected-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافة !
حماية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The protected space:
It is used to tell \SpecialChar LyX
(and \SpecialChar LaTeX
) not to break the line at that point.
This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks,
like in:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\lang english
Further documentation is given in section
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Obviously,
it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
A protected space is set with
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مسافة أفقية
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافة !
أفقي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontal Space
\family default
.
The length units are listed in Appendix
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مسافة في وسط الكلمة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
وسط الكلمة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the introduction of typewriters,
it became conventional in some countries to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters at the ends of sentences.
There is no need to do this as \SpecialChar LyX
automatically takes care about this.
However,
you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation followed by a period;
see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
for examples.
To insert a normal space,
select
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "space-insert normal"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مسافة رفيعة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
رفيعة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
thin space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
protected
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide,
for instance,
inside abbreviations:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\lang english
D.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
E.
Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
or between values and units.
Compare for example this:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
kg (thin space)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
10 kg (normal space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can insert thin spaces with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
مسافات أخرى
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
يمكنك إدراج أنواع المسافات التالية:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Negative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
space A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
negative thin space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Negative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
medium
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
space A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \negmedspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
negative medium space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Negative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
thick
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
space A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \negthickspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
negative thick space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Enspace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) A line with an
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \enskip{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
enspace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Quad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \quad{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
Quad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
QQuad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) A line with a
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \qquad{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
QQuad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Custom
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
space A line with
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hspace{}
\length 2cm
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
cm space between the arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Table
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Width-of-the"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
lists the different space sizes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Width-of-the"
\end_inset
عرض المسافات الأفقية المختلفة.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
المسافة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
العرض
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عادي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/3
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حماية
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/3
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رفيعة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1/6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رفيع سالب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1/6
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\begin_inset Formula $\thinspace=\thinspace$
\end_inset
-3
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
mu
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
متوسط سالب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
mu
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سميك سالب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
mu
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Enspace (0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
0.5
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
كواد (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
كوادان (2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
ملء أفقي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
ملء
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special \SpecialChar LyX
feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
An HFill is actually a variable length space,
whose length always equals the remaining space between the left and right margins.
If there is more than one HFill on a line,
they divide the available space equally between themselves.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
هذا في الاتجاه اليسار
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
هذا في الاتجاه اليمين
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
يسار
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
وسط
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
يمين
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\noindent
يسار
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
1/3 يسار
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
يمين
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
That was an example in the
\family sans
Quote
\family default
environment.
Here
\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
is one in a standard paragraph.
It may or may not be apparent in the printed text,
but it
\emph on
is
\emph default
sitting in-between the two arrows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
\family sans
Fill
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Pattern
\family default
s in the space dialog:
The following patterns are available:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
نقط:
\begin_inset space \dotfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
مسطرة:
\begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
سهم أيسر:
\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
سهم أيمن:
\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
قوس علوي:
\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
قوس سفلي:
\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
If an HFill is at the beginning of a line,
and
\emph on
not
\emph default
in the first line in a paragraph,
\SpecialChar LyX
ignores it.
This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
If you need space in this case anyway,
set the
\family sans
Protect
\family default
option in the space dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
المسافة الطيفية
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Phantom-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
طيف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
For example,
you want to create the following multiple choice question:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\lang english
What is correct English?:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Edge would have been jumps the gun.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Mr.
Edge
\end_layout
\end_inset
has to be jumped
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Mr.
Edge
\end_layout
\end_inset
jumps
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
so that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Edge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
To get this,
you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Phantom
\family default
.
In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two lines and insert
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Mr.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Edge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
into the phantom inset (note the space after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Edge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
That is why it is named
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
phantom
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding dimension.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
المسافة الرأسية
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Vertical-Space"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
رأسي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph,
use the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
dialog.
There you find the following sizes:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
SmallSkip
\family default
,
\family sans
MedSkip
\family default
and
\family sans
BigSkip
\family default
are \SpecialChar LaTeX
sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
\family sans
DefSkip
\family default
is the skip adjusted in the dialog
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
for the paragraph separation.
If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
\family sans
DefSkip
\family default
is equal to
\family sans
MedSkip
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
VFill
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
ملء
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
is a variable space,
set so that the space is maximal within one page.
An example:
you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a
\family sans
Vfill
\family default
between them.
Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second one at the bottom,
because the space between them is then maximal.
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s work like
\family sans
HFill
\family default
s:
they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
HFill
\family default
s are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
If there are several
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s on a page,
they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
You can therefore use
\family sans
VFill
\family default
s to center text on a page,
or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Custom
\family default
are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
\series medium
If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of a page,
the space is only added if you have also checked the option
\family sans
Protect
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
محاذاة الفقرة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فقرة !
محاذاة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
يمكنك تغيير محاذاة الفقرة عن طريق
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
إعدادات الفقرة
\family default
(زر شريط الأدوات
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
).
توجد خمسة احتمالات:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
ضبط
\family default
(الاختصار
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
يسار
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
يمين
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
وسط
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
افتراضي
\family default
(
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
\end_inset
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The default in most cases is justified alignment,
in which the inter-word spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between the left and right margins.
The other three alignments should be self-explanatory,
and look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align right
هذه الفقرة محاذاة يمين
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
وهذه في الوسط،
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align left
وهذه محاذاة يسار
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فاصل الصفحة القسري
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فاصل صفحة !
قسري
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you don't like the way \SpecialChar LaTeX
does the page breaks in your document,
you can force a page break where you want one.
Normally this will not be necessary,
because \SpecialChar LaTeX
is good at page breaking.
Only if you use a lot of
\family sans
Floats
\family default
,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and you have checked in the preview to see if you
\emph on
really
\emph default
have to change the page breaking.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are two types of page breaks:
One that ends the page without any special action.
This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page
\family default
.
The second type,
that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
,
ends a page but stretches the content of the page,
so that it fills out the complete page.
This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page on which only the last few lines are absent.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears at the top of a page.
This is,
of course,
the wrong way to do it.
\SpecialChar LyX
gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables appear at the top of a page (or the bottom,
or on their own page) without having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
See chapter
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
to learn more about
\family sans
Floats
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
صفحة فارغة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فاصل صفحة !
فارغ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed directly on the next page,
you can also clear pages while breaking them.
That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything,
including unprocessed floats,
from the earlier part of the document are placed after it,
if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can insert a clear page break with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page
\family default
.
When you have a two-sided document like a book,
you can use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page
\family default
to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand page (odd-numbered),
if necessary by adding a page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فاصل سطر قسري
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فاصل سطر
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks:
one simply breaks the line.
You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
or with
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
Another type that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Justified
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break
\family default
or with
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert linebreak"
\end_inset
\lang english
breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between the page margins.
This is useful to avoid
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
fringes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct \SpecialChar LaTeX
's line breaking,
as \SpecialChar LaTeX
is very good at line breaking.
There are,
however,
a number of situations where it is necessary to set a line break actively,
for example,
in a poem or for an address (see sections
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Quote"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Verse"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
and
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Address-Usage"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
سطر أفقي
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سطر افقي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset line
LatexCommand rule
offset "0.5ex"
width "100line%"
height "1pt"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
In the dialog
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\family default
you can insert horizontal lines.
The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline of the current text line or the paragraph.
The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset line
LatexCommand rule
offset "0.5ex"
width "100line%"
height "1pt"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المحارف والرموز
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter,
for example,
characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
See section
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
for information on how this is done.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard,
you can use the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
dialog via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
Symbols
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed when you are using a special screen font in \SpecialChar LyX
's preferences.
But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الخطوط ونسق النص
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نوع الخط
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خط !
نوع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are two types of fonts:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
خطوط
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
متجهية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خطوط !
متجهية-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
are built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
characters) in the font.
This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are well suited for scaling to any requested size.
This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
But to achieve a better quality,
many fonts define several font sizes.
That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font sizes than at small ones.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The font types
\family typewriter
TrueType
\family default
,
\family typewriter
OpenType
\family default
,
and
\family typewriter
Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1
\family default
are vector fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
خطوط
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
نقطية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خطوط !
نقطية-
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
on the other hand,
are defined by bitmap graphics from the start;
so they will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
However,
they don't scale well,
because in order to scale a glyph,
each pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an image manipulation program.
In order to mitigate this effect,
bitmap fonts are typically provided in several fixed sizes typically from around 8
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
pixels high up to 34
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary to display each glyph;
so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than scalable fonts.
The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have to be scaled by doubling pixels,
and thus look bad.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Bitmap fonts are named
\family typewriter
Type
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3
\family default
in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are designed for,
while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs use scalable fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document,
look at its document properties.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
For example,
instead of changing to an italicized version of the current font to emphasize text,
you use an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
emphasized style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
instead.
This concept fits in perfectly with \SpecialChar LyX
.
In \SpecialChar LyX
,
you do things based on contexts,
rather than focusing on typesetting details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
دعم الخطوط في لتيك \SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Traditionally,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
used its own fonts.
That is to say,
you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your operating system,
but you have to use specific fonts provided by your \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution.
The reason is that \SpecialChar LaTeX
needs some extra information about the fonts,
which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared to a word processor.
On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts are generally of very good quality,
and that \SpecialChar LaTeX
files are very portable across different machines.
Also,
the range of fonts supported by traditional \SpecialChar LaTeX
has increased a lot in the meantime;
so you can find packages for many free and commercial fonts.
\SpecialChar LyX
supports the fonts that are under a free license via the user interface (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Font"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for details).
Other fonts are available if you enter the relevant \SpecialChar LaTeX
code in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired font).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Recent developments brought some new \SpecialChar LaTeX
engines that are also able directly to access fonts that are installed for your operating system,
namely Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
.
Both engines are supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
By using them,
you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font that is installed on your system.
The next section describes how to use these fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
In practice,
some fonts might fail due to a legacy (non Unicode) font encoding,
bad metrics,
or other font deficiencies;
so you might have to experiment.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
خط المستند وحجمه
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Document-Font"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خط !
حجم
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
خط
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can set the document fonts in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
dialog.
In the
\family sans
Fonts
\family default
section of the dialog,
you can specify which font should be used for the three different font shapes —
roman (serif),
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
and
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
(monospaced) —
and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for (some) sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with the roman font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you select
\family sans
Use non-TeX fonts
\family default
,
you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
This requires that you use
\family sans
PDF (XeTeX)
\family default
,
\family sans
PDF (LuaTeX)
\family default
or
\family sans
DVI (LuaTeX)
\family default
as the output format,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
you will have to have either Xe\SpecialChar TeX
or Lua\SpecialChar TeX
installed (see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
You will then not have access to \SpecialChar TeX
's own fonts.
Note that \SpecialChar LyX
then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists (roman,
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif,
and typewriter),
since \SpecialChar LyX
cannot determine the family.
Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts,
due to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or font failures.
\SpecialChar LyX
cannot determine this in advance,
so you might need to experiment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you use \SpecialChar TeX
fonts (which is the default),
the possible options for the font include
\family sans
Default
\family default
and a list of fonts available with your \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution.
If you select
\family sans
Default,
\family default
the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
With LyX's default font encoding,
this is a look-alike of the standard \SpecialChar TeX
font
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
):
either
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
cm-super
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or the bitmap font
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
European Computer Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
).
However,
some classes set different default fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
is a bitmap font,
it looks pixelated in PDF output,
especially when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
This problem is less severe if you read PDFs in
\family typewriter
Adobe
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Reader
\family default
version 6 or later,
because this program includes a special bitmap font renderer.
\end_layout
\end_inset
To get rid of pixelated fonts,
you have to use a vector font.
Depending on how your document should look,
you can either:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
select the
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
fonts,
which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
.
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
was developed for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
community in order to replace
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
as the default font.
It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
Except for some details,
where the appearance was improved,
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
looks identical to
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
One difference is improved kerning.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
If you do not like the look of
\family typewriter
cm
\family default
/
\family typewriter
ec
\family default
,
you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
or
\family typewriter
Palatino
\family default
.
Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif and typewriter fonts,
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
selects
\family sans
Helvetica
\family default
for sans serif text),
or different shapes of the same font,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
a real font
\emph on
family
\emph default
(e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
in case of
\family sans
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
oder
\family sans
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
).
\end_layout
\end_inset
but you can also select your own.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The differences between roman,
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
and
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
fonts are explained in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\lang english
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The font
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
was originally designed for newspapers.
Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit into the small newspaper columns.
Therefore
\family sans
Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Roman
\family default
is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For the font size there are generally four possible values:
\family sans
Default,
10
\family default
,
\family sans
11
\family default
and
\family sans
12
\family default
.
Some classes provide additional sizes.
The size of
\family sans
Default
\family default
depends on the class you are using.
In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that the font size is the
\emph on
base size
\emph default
.
That means that \SpecialChar LyX
scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in footnotes,
super-,
and subscripts) by this value.
You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog if needed.
The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Family
\family default
selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should be roman,
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif or typewriter.
The
\family sans
Default
\family default
selection uses what is preset by the class,
the other selections override this.
In most cases,
\family sans
Default
\family default
is equal to
\family sans
roman
\family default
,
but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family typewriter
\family sans
LaTeX font encoding
\family default
selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
fontenc
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
fontenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
(see also section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
Normally,
you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
Unless you have specific reasons,
use
\family sans
Default
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With some fonts,
the checkboxes
\family sans
Use Old Style Figures
\family default
and
\family sans
Use True Small Caps
\family default
are available.
These are extra features some fonts provide.
If
\family sans
Use Old Style Figures
\family default
is checked,
old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures) are used.
Old style figures are the numerals (0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
–
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
9) with ascenders and descenders,
which makes them fit nicely with lowercase letters.
\family sans
Use True Small Caps
\family default
determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made of scaled capitals.
Real small caps are often part of expert font sets;
they generally look better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The field
\family sans
CJK
\family default
allows users of the languages Chinese,
Japanese,
Korean (CJK) to specify a font to display the script characters.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
The font will be the argument for the commands of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
.
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
So this has no effect for the document language
\family sans
Japanese
\family default
that does not use
\series bold
CJK
\series default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Enable micro-typographic extensions
\family default
activates extensions such as character protrusion and font expansion via the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
\lang arabic_arabi
microtype
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
microtype
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Disallow line breaks after dashes
\family default
outputs en- and em-dashes as literal characters
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Or \SpecialChar LaTeX
macro,
if the literal character is not supported by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
input encoding.
\end_layout
\end_inset
instead of ligatures (--,
---) (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
When you choose a new font or font size,
\SpecialChar LyX
does
\emph on
not
\emph default
change the screen font!
You will only see a difference in the printed output;
this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
\SpecialChar LyX
's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
dialog,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
خط الرياضيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In \SpecialChar LaTeX
the font used for characters in equations is different from the document font.
For the case that you use \SpecialChar TeX
fonts for your document,
you can explicitly choose a math font in the dialog
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
The default setting is that \SpecialChar LyX
automatically selects a math font.
For most cases this will be \SpecialChar LaTeX
's default – the math variant of \SpecialChar LaTeX
's default font family
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LyX
will automatically only load another math font if a math variant of the document font is available.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that the math font will not be used for
\emph on
mathematical text
\emph default
(which is inserted with the shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
\lang english
or by the insertion of the command
\series bold
\backslash
text
\series default
into a formula).
Also note that some math fonts are sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif.
Your document might therefore look strange when the document text has serifs while the math characters do not.
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif math fonts make therefore in most cases only sense if you select
\family sans
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Serif
\family default
for the
\family sans
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
family
\family default
in the document font settings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you use non-\SpecialChar TeX
fonts for the document,
you can only choose for math to use either the document's class default \SpecialChar TeX
font (in most cases
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) or to use the non-\SpecialChar TeX
variant of the document's class default font (in most cases
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Modern
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
استخدام انساق محارف مختلفة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أسلوب الحرف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أسلوب النص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As we've already seen,
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically changes the character style for certain paragraph environments.
\SpecialChar LyX
supports two character styles,
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
and
\family sans
Noun
\family default
.
You can activate both of these styles via key bindings,
the menus,
and the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To activate the
\family sans
Noun
\family default
style,
do one of the following:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
انقر على الزر التالي في شريط الأدوات
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
استخدم مفتاح الربط
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
These commands are all toggles.
That is,
if
\family sans
Noun
\family default
style is already active,
they deactivate it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
One typically uses the
\family sans
Noun
\family default
style for proper names.
For example:
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\noun on
Matthias Ettrich
\noun default
is the original author of \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A more widely used character style is the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style.
You can activate (or deactivate —
it's also a toggle) the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style by:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
انقر على الزر التالي في شريط الأدوات
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
استخدم مفتاح الربط
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Normally the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages use a different font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We've been using the
\family sans
Emphasized
\family default
style all over the place in this document.
Here's one more example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quotation
\emph on
\lang english
Do not overuse character styles!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
It's also a warning in addition to an example.
One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
Since we don't all constantly scream at each other,
we should also avoid the common tendency to overuse character styles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
\lang english
or the dialog
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
\family default
(
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الضبط الدقيق من نافذة أسلوب النص
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أسلوب النص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning;
so \SpecialChar LyX
gives you a way to create a custom character style.
For example,
an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
Also,
writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts from ordinary dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Before we document how to use custom character style,
we want to issue a warning yet again:
Don't overuse character styles!
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To use custom character styles,
open the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
\family default
dialog or press the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
There are several boxes in this dialog,
each corresponding to a different font property that you can choose.
You can choose an option for one of these properties,
or select
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
change
\family default
,
which keeps the current state of that property.
The item
\family sans
Reset
\family default
will reset the property to whatever is the default.
You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph environments all at once.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The font properties,
and their options (in addition to
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
change
\family default
and
\family sans
Reset
\family default
) are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Family
\family default
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
of the font.
The possible options are:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Roman
\family default
This is the Roman font family.
Normally a serif font.
It's also the default family.
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-roman"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Serif
\family default
\family sans
This is the Sans Serif font family.
\family default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-sans"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Typewriter
\family default
\family typewriter
This is the Typewriter font family.
\family default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-typewriter"
\end_inset
\family sans
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Series
\family default
This corresponds to the print weight.
Options are:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Medium
\family default
This is the Medium font series.
It's also the default series.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Bold
\family default
\series bold
This is the Bold font series.
\series default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-bold"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Shape
\family default
As the name implies.
Options are:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Upright
\family default
This is the Upright font shape.
It's also the default shape.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Italic
\family default
\shape italic
This
\shape default
\family sans
\shape italic
i
\family default
s the Italic font shape
\shape default
\emph on
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Slanted
\family default
\shape slanted
This is the Slanted font shape
\shape default
(although it might not be visible in \SpecialChar LyX
,
this is different from italic).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Caps
\family default
\shape smallcaps
This is the Small caps font shape
\shape default
\noun on
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Color
\family default
Alters the text color.
Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
Besides
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
color
\family default
,
which means that the document default color set in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Color
\family default
for
\family sans
Main
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
is used,
you can choose between
\family sans
Black
\family default
,
\family sans
White
\family default
,
\family sans
Red
\family default
,
\family sans
Green
\family default
,
\family sans
Blue
\family default
,
\family sans
Cyan
\family default
,
\family sans
Magenta
\family default
,
\family sans
Yellow
\family default
,
\family sans
Brown
\family default
,
\family sans
Darkgray
\family default
,
\family sans
Gray
\family default
,
\family sans
Lightgray
\family default
,
\family sans
Lime
\family default
,
\family sans
Orange
\family default
,
\family sans
Olive
\family default
,
\family sans
Pink
\family default
,
\family sans
Purple
\family default
,
\family sans
Teal
\family default
and
\family sans
Violet
\family default
text
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لون !
نص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Language
\family default
This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from the language of the document.
Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change (only within \SpecialChar LyX
).
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If you have for example,
an extract of German text in a non-German document,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
respects the German hyphenation rules automatically.
When using the spell checking (see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Size
\family default
Alters the size of the font.
You will find no numerical values here;
all possible sizes are actually proportional to the document font size.
Once again,
you don't feed \SpecialChar LyX
the details,
but a general description of what you want to do.
The options are:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Tiny
\family default
\size tiny
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Tiny
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size tiny"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Smallest
\family default
\size scriptsize
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size
\size default
.
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-size scriptsize"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Smaller
\family default
\size footnotesize
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Smaller
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size footnotesize"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Small
\family default
\size small
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size small"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Normal
\family default
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
It's also the default size.
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size normal"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Large
\family default
\size large
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Large
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size large"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Larger
\family default
\size larger
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Larger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size larger"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Largest
\family default
\size largest
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-size largest"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Huge
\family default
\size huge
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size huge"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Huger
\family default
\size giant
This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Huger
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font size.
\size default
(key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-size giant"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Increase
\family default
This increases the size by one step (for instance,
from
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Huge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-size increase"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Decrease
\family default
This decreases the size by one step (for instance,
from
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Normal
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Small
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-size decrease"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We warn you
\emph on
yet again
\emph default
:
don't go crazy with this feature.
You should almost never need to change the font size.
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments —
use those instead.
This is here for fine-tuning only!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Misc
\family default
Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
Options are:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Emph
\family default
\emph on
This is text with emphasize on
\emph default
.
This might seem like the same as
\shape italic
Italic
\shape default
,
but it is actually a bit different.
Emphasized is a
\emph on
logical
\emph default
attribute.
That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized text.
Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Underbar
\family default
\bar under
This is text with Underbar on.
\bar default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "font-underline"
\end_inset
\family sans
)
\lang english
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family default
Avoid using underbar if you can!
It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
when you could not change fonts.
One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
This is only possible in \SpecialChar LyX
because some people
\emph on
may
\emph default
need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
\family default
\uuline on
This is text with Double underbar on.
\uuline default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-underunderline"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
As we just warned you against using underbar,
you can imagine what we think about double underbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Wavy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
underbar
\family default
\uwave on
This is text with Wavy underbar on.
\uwave default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-underwave"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
Keep antinausea pills handy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Strike
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
out
\family default
\strikeout on
This is text with Strikeout on.
\strikeout default
(key binding
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-strikeout"
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been changed in the meantime.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
out
\family default
\xout on
This is text with Cross out on.
\xout default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
This is used to make text hardly readable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
\lang english
Noun
\family default
\noun on
This is text with Noun on.
\noun default
Like
\family sans
Emph
\family default
,
this is a logical attribute.
Normally it's equivalent to
\family sans
Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Caps
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
Once you have chosen a new character style via the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style\SpecialChar menuseparator
Customized
\family default
(
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
\lang english
) dialog,
the settings are saved.
You can activate them by using the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog isn't visible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To completely reset the character style to the default,
use
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "font-default"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed (suppose you just set the shape to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
slanted
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and the series to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
bold
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
),
set the
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all
\family default
switch and press
\family sans
Apply
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You should also know something about the differences between the three main font types
\family sans
serif
\family default
,
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
,
and
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\lang english
Typewriter
\family default
is a so called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
monospaced
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
font,
which means every character has the same width;
the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
i
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is as wide as the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
m
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
Here is an example
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
no
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family typewriter
typewriter text
\family default
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
For more on phantoms see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
no typewriter text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\lang english
Serif
\family default
fonts use characters with serifs.
These are the small
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
appendices
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
The following example shows the difference:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
text with serifs
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
text without serifs
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
These fonts are therefore used as default (named
\family sans
roman
\family default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
\lang english
Sans serif
\family default
is not recommended for use as a base type.
This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Toggling
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
refers to applying or removing font properties.
When a property is marked for toggling in the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog,
applying the style to text that already has the property will cause the property to be removed.
If you,
for example,
apply a style with properties A,
B and C to text that currently has font properties B,
C,
F and G,
and if B is set to toggle and C is set not to toggle,
the text ends up with properties A,
C,
F and G.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Never toggled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
always toggled
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Family
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
etc.),
toggling behavior is up to you.
If
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all
\family default
is checked,
all of the left side properties are toggled;
by default,
none of them are.
Finally,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Reset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is never toggled.
If you,
for example,
set
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Series
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Reset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and select
\family sans
Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all
\family default
,
then apply the style to bold face text,
the text will revert to the default series (
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Medium
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
),
no matter how many times you apply the style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We conclude with the same warning once again:
Do not overuse the fonts!
They are,
more often than not,
a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الطباعة والاستعراض
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نظرة عامة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation using \SpecialChar LyX
,
you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
Before we tell you that,
we want to give you a quick explanation of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
We cover this information in much greater detail in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the program \SpecialChar LaTeX
as its backend.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
is just a macro package for the \SpecialChar TeX
typesetting system,
but to prevent confusion,
we will only refer to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\SpecialChar LyX
is what you use to do your actual writing.
Then,
\SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
to turn your writing into printable output.
This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
First,
\SpecialChar LyX
converts your document to a series of text commands for \SpecialChar LaTeX
,
generating a file with the extension,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Next,
\SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
to use the commands in the
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
file to produce printable output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
هيئة ملف الخرج
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة الملف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
نص بسيط (اسكي)
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة الملف !
اسكي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.txt
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(ASCII).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
.
However,
this will not export any externally generated material such as a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
bibliography (section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
If your document includes such material,
use
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
More
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formats
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Options
\family default
and then select
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ps2ascii)
\family default
.
This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة الملف !
لتيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.tex
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and contains all commands that are necessary for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
program to process your document.
If you know \SpecialChar LaTeX
,
you can use it to find out \SpecialChar LaTeX
-Errors or to process it manually with console commands.
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
-file is automatically created in \SpecialChar LyX
's temporary directory whenever you view or export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can export your document as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-file using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\family default
.
The different \SpecialChar LaTeX
export variants are explained in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
DVI
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة الملف !
DVI
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.dvi
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
device-independent
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(DVI),
because it is completely portable;
you can move them from one machine to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats,
like PostScript.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
DVI files do not contain images,
they only link to them.
So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make them visible when you scroll the DVI,
this can slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can export your document to DVI by the menus
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\family default
or
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX).
\family default
The latter option uses the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
.
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
is still a work in progress,
but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX
processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
PostScript
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة الملف !
بوست سكربت
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.ps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
PostScript was developed by the company
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
as a printer language.
The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the file.
PostScript can be seen as a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
programming language
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
;
you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
If you are interested in learning more about this,
have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
pstricks
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
As a result of this,
the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
PostScript can only contain images in the format
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Encapsulated PostScript
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(EPS,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.eps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
As \SpecialChar LyX
allows you to use any known image format in your document,
it has to convert them in the background to EPS.
If,
for example,
you have 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
images in your document,
\SpecialChar LyX
has to do 50
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
This might slow down your workflow with \SpecialChar LyX
.
So if you plan to use PostScript,
you can insert your images directly as EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can export to PostScript using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
PostScript
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
PDF
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة ملف !
PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.pdf
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PDF) developed by
\family typewriter
Adobe
\family default
was derived from PostScript.
It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
As the name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
portable
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
implies,
it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Joint Photographic Experts Group
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(JPG,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpeg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PNG,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.png
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
You can also use any other image format,
because \SpecialChar LyX
converts them in the background to one of these formats.
But as described in the section about PostScript,
the image conversion will slow down your workflow.
So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
يمكنك تصدير مستندك إلى PDF بعد طرق من خلال
\family sans
ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator
تصدير :
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex) This uses the program
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
which converts your file directly to PDF.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(Lua
\family sans
TeX
\family default
) This uses the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
which converts your file directly to PDF.
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
is a new engine,
derived from
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
,
that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
is still a work in progress,
but it might develop into the next standard \SpecialChar TeX
processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(Xe
\family sans
TeX
\family default
) This uses the program
\family typewriter
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
that converts your file directly to PDF.
\family typewriter
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font access (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-font-support"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts,
for example,
vertically written Japanese.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(cropped) This is the same as
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
but the result is a PDF with cropped page margins.
This is for example useful if you want to use \SpecialChar LyX
to generate good-looking formulas to use them in other programs like for presentations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(dvipdfm) This uses the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to PDF.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ps2pdf) This uses the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
The PostScript-version is produced by the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
So this export variant consists of three conversions.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We recommend using
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
because
\family typewriter
pdftex
\family default
supports all the features of actual PDF-versions,
is quick,
stable,
and works without problems.
If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or specific OpenType fonts,
you might want to try out
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XeTeX)
\family default
or
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX)
\family default
instead,
bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature as
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
XHTML
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة الملف !
XHTML
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
HTML
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This file type has the extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.xhtml
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
When \SpecialChar LyX
produces XHTML,
it also generates corresponding images in formats suitable for the purpose.
For the math output you can choose in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output
\family default
between different formats,
which are described in section
\emph on
Math Output in XHTML
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
XHTML output remains
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
under development
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
and not all \SpecialChar LyX
features are supported yet.
See the chapter
\emph on
\SpecialChar LyX
and the World Wide Web
\emph default
,
in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual,
for more information.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
LyXHTML
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الاستعراض
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
استعراض
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To get a look at the final version of your document,
with all of the page breaks in place,
the footnotes correctly numbered,
and so on,
use the menu
\family sans
Document
\family default
and choose
\family sans
View
\family default
or use the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default output format,
which is globally set in the preferences (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
Further output formats can be selected via
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
View (Other Formats)
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "view-others"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you have changed your document,
you can refresh the output in the same viewer window using the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
\family default
or
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\family default
,
respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you preview a file,
the output file is only generated in \SpecialChar LyX
's temporary directory.
To have a real output,
export your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
كلمات قليلة عن الطباعة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الطباعة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الواصلات,
وعلامتا الشرطة والناقص
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
واصلات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شرطات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In \SpecialChar LyX
,
the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
symbol comes in four variants:
the
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
,
the
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
,
the
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
,
and the
\emph on
minus sign
\emph default
:
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "100col%"
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
name
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
output
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
inserted with
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
hyphen
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
en dash
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
–
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
system key combination or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
--
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
em dash
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
—
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
system key combination or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
---
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
minus sign
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset Formula $-$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
-
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in math mode
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Dashes can also be inserted with
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Character\SpecialChar menuseparator
Symbols
\family default
or using the
\family typewriter
unicode-insert
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
function with the Unicode code point as argument (2013 for the em dash and 2014 for the en dash).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Hyphen and dashes are distinct from the minus sign,
which appears in math mode and has a length of its own.
Here are some examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
line- and page-breaks
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
hyphen
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
A–Z;
pages
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
369–378
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
en dash
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
The em dash is used without spaces:
Oh—
there's a dash.
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
em dash
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
(
\emph on
minus sign
\emph default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
See also the
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Wikipedia entry on dashes"
target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dash"
literal "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الشرطة وفاصل السطر
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Whether line breaks before or after dashes are allowed depends on the use case and locale,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
In English,
line breaks are generally allowed after the dash,
but no line break should occur if only a single character follows the dash (as in A–Z).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
In English,
dashes used to set off parenthetical statements should not start a new line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
In French and Spanish,
dashes around parenthetical statements are treated similar to brackets:
line breaks are not allowed on the inner side.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By default,
dashes are output by \SpecialChar LyX
to \SpecialChar LaTeX
as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
ligature dashes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(-- and ---).
\SpecialChar LaTeX
allows line breaks after hyphens,
en-dashes and em-dashes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Line breaks before spaced en dashes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
– common in British English and generally recommended by
\emph on
The Elements of Typographic Style
\emph default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
– can be prevented using protected spaces.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Unwanted line breaks after dashes can be prevented by wrapping in a makebox
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
See section
\emph on
Prevent Hyphenation
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
or preceding with
\series bold
\backslash
nobreakdash
\series default
in \SpecialChar TeX
code.
Examples:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Pages
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 1
width ""
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
36–39
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang french
Les incises
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 1
width ""
special "none"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang french
–
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
même
\end_layout
\end_inset
si tout le monde ne les aime pas
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
– sont très utiles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang spanish
En una frase
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
nobreakdash
\end_layout
\end_inset
—
un inciso con rayas—
se escribe así.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
An incorrect line break is easily overlooked because
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
– in contrast to an overfull line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
– it does not trigger a warning in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
log.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you want to globally disable line breaks after dashes,
you can select the option
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator
Disallow line breaks after dashes
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Line breaks are still allowed after spaced dashes.
They can be prevented using protected spaces (without need for a makebox or \SpecialChar TeX
code).
Example:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang french
Les incises –
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
même si tout le monde ne les aime pas
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
– sont très utiles.
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Line breaks after unspaced dashes can be allowed via the menu
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Optional line break
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Em-dashes without spaces—
\SpecialChar allowbreak
common in American English—
\SpecialChar allowbreak
should be followed by a line break opportunity.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This also allows hyphenation of the word following the dash (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
With this setting,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
hyphenates words also if immediately followed by em or en dashes (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\lang english
Changes and backwards compatibility
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Up to \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.1,
consecutive hyphen characters (-- and ---) in the LyX source were merged to en or em dashes by LaTeX.
These
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
ligature dashes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
retain the line-break properties of hyphens while literal dash characters are regarded by \SpecialChar LaTeX
as
\emph on
non-breakable
\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Since \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.2,
consecutive hyphens in the LyX source are exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
in a way that prevents ligation to dashes.
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Ligature dashes
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in documents from earlier versions are converted to literal dash characters (except in
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
font);
typed in consecutive hyphens are merged to dash characters immediately after the input (unless the current text font is
\family typewriter
type
\family default
writer).
\begin_inset Foot
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
The behavior was changed since
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
lyx --help
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
became
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
lyx –help
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in PDF,
Postscript,
and DVI output.
An unintended consequence of these changes was that all dashes were output as non-breakable dashes.
This also resulted in changed line breaks in some older documents.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.3 outputs
\emph on
breakable
\emph default
dashes by default.
When opening documents edited with \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.2 or earlier and containing literal dash characters not followed by whitespace,
the setting
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fonts\SpecialChar menuseparator
Disallow line breaks after dashes
\family default
is active to prevent changes to the line breaks.
\series bold
Warning:
\series default
If you used both literal and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
ligature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
dashes in pre-\SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.2 documents,
you may need to enable or prevent individual line breaks as shown above to restore the correct line breaking behavior.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الوصلة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
وصلة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Words are not hyphenated within \SpecialChar LyX
but automatically in the output.
Hyphenation is done by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
babel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
following the rules of the document language.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
does not hyphenate text in the
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
font and words immediately preceded or followed by hyphens or dashes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
hyphenates almost perfectly;
it only has problems with text in the
\family sans
typewriter
\family default
font and with unusual constructs,
like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
h3knix/m0n0wall
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
If \SpecialChar LaTeX
cannot break a word correctly,
you can set hyphenation points manually.
This is done with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Point
\family default
.
These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
If no hyphenation is necessary,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
will ignore them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document in the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
A-b c
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
would then see the hyphen
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
as a line break possibility.
A line break at this point would look ugly.
To prevent the shortcut from being broken,
you can use a protected hyphen (
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Protected Hyphen
\family default
) or put it into a makebox
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
as described in section
\emph on
Prevent Hyphenation
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
علامات الترقيم
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
علامات الترقيم
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الاختصارات ونهايات الجمل
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When \SpecialChar LyX
calls \SpecialChar LaTeX
to generate the final version of your document,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
automatically distinguishes between words,
sentences,
and abbreviations.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
then adds the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
appropriate amount of space.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next word.
Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word gets after another word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Unfortunately,
the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does not work in all cases.
If a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is at the end of a lowercase letter,
it's the end of a sentence;
if it's at the end of a capitalized letter,
it's an abbreviation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here are some examples of
\emph on
correct
\emph default
abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
M.
Butterfly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Don't worry.
Be happy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
this is too much space!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
This is I.
It's okay.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To fix this problem,
use one of the following:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Use an
\family sans
Inter-word
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
after lowercase abbreviations (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
وسط الكلمة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Use a
\family sans
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسافات !
رفيعة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Use an
\family sans
End
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sentence
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
period
\family default
found under the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Character
\family default
menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
This function is also bound to
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
\end_inset
\lang english
for easy access.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the corrections,
our earlier examples look like this:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
this is too much space!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
This is I\SpecialChar endofsentence
It's okay.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
If your language is such a language,
you don't need to worry,
because \SpecialChar LaTeX
will take care of this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For those that do need to bother,
there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
Check out the
\family sans
Check
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
feature described in the section
\emph on
Checking \SpecialChar TeX
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
علامات الاقتباس
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
طباعة !
علامات الاقتباس
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
علامات الاقتباس | أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Typography
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
usually sets quotation marks correctly.
Specifically,
it will insert an opening mark at the beginning of quoted text,
and use a closing mark at the end.
For example,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
open close
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The keyboard character,
\family sans
"
\family default
,
generates this automatically.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can specify what character the
\family sans
"
\family default
key produces by using the submenu
\family sans
Language
\family default
of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
dialog and switching the
\family sans
Quote Style
\family default
(note that \SpecialChar LyX
makes a sensible proposal for the selected main language).
There are 14
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
choices:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\noindent
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in the US)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes sls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes sld
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes sls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes srs
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in Sweden)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes gls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes gls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in Germany)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes pls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in Poland)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes cld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes crd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes cls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes crs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes cld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes crd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes cls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes crs
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in Switzerland)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes ald
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes ard
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes als
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in Denmark)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes qrd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes qls
\end_inset
quotation marks (so-called plain or non-typographical quotation marks)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes bld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes brd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes bld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes brd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes bls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes brs
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in Great Britain)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes fls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in France)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes ild
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes ird
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes ils
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes irs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes ild
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes ird
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes ils
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes irs
\end_inset
quotation marks (another style common in France)
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Maybe you wonder why one does not simply use only outer marks in this case,
since these look identical to the inner marks.
The answer is that you cannot easily switch to another style then (where the inner marks differ).
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes rld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes rrd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes rls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes rld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes rrd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes rls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes rrs
\end_inset
quotation marks (as common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
in Russia)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring <> and <>:
\family sans
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes wld
\end_inset
Outer
\begin_inset Quotes wrd
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes wls
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes wrs
\end_inset
\family default
Produces
\begin_inset Quotes wld
\end_inset
these outer
\begin_inset Quotes wrd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes wls
\end_inset
these inner
\begin_inset Quotes wrs
\end_inset
quotation marks (another style common in Sweden)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inner quotation marks
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
In many writing cultures,
these are single quotation marks.
But as the British and French styles show,
this is not necessarily the case (and specifically the British style shows that
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
does not necessarily mean
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
double
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
This is why we call them
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
inner
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
as opposed to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
outer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
quotation marks.
\end_layout
\end_inset
for quotations inside quotations (and other tasks in some languages,
such as
\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
scare quotes
\begin_inset Quotes ers
\end_inset
) can be obtained by means of the shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "quote-insert inner"
\end_inset
\lang english
and via the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special Characters
\family default
menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By default,
the quotation mark styles are persistent.
That is to say,
a quotation mark maintains the style that was current when it was inserted,
even if the document-wide style changes.
This allows you to enter marks of different style.
If you check the setting
\family sans
Use dynamic quotation marks
\family default
in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
,
however,
special quotation marks will be inserted (in the LyX window,
they appear in a special color).
These marks will automatically adapt to the main style (and its changes).
Such quotation marks make it easy to alter the quotation mark style in one step (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
if your publisher requests a different style).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Individual quotation marks (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.,
their level [inner,
outer],
side [opening,
closing],
and style) can be easily switched by a context menu that pops up if you right-click on a mark.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الأربطة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
طباعة !
الأربطة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أربطة | أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Typography
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Ligatures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and print them as single characters.
These groups are known as
\emph on
ligatures
\emph default
.
Since \SpecialChar LaTeX
knows about ligatures,
your documents will contain them too in the output.
Here are the standard ligatures:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
ff
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
fi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
fl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
ffi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
ffl
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Sometimes,
you don't want a ligature in a word.
While a ligature may be okay in the word,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
graffiti,
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
it looks really weird in compound words,
such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cufflink
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or the German
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Dorffest.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
To break a ligature,
use
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break.
\family default
This changes
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cufflinks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cuff\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
links
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Dorffest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Dorf\SpecialChar ligaturebreak
fest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
رمزي \SpecialChar LyX
و \SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ليك !
الاسم الصحيح
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Via
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Special Characters\SpecialChar menuseparator
Logos
\family default
,
\SpecialChar LyX
provides the following program logos with special formatting:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar LyX
اسم هذا البرنامج.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar TeX
محرك المحارف المستخدم في هذا البرنامج \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
The \SpecialChar TeX
macro collection used by \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\SpecialChar LaTeX2e
الإصدار الحالي من \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You might wonder why the \SpecialChar LaTeX
version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
2
\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
It is an old tradition in the \SpecialChar TeX
world to give programs geek version numbers.
For example the version number of \SpecialChar TeX
converges to the number
\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
:
The actual version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar TeX
-3.141592
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
the previous one was
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar TeX
-3.14159
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الوحدات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
طباعة !
وحدات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal space between two words.
As you can see in the example below,
it looks better when the space is smaller.
To get such a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
half space
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for units use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space
\family default
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcuts"
arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
هذا مثال لتشاهد الفرق:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
24
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
kW
\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
h
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
المسافة بين الرقم والوحدة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
24
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
kW
\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
\end_inset
h
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
نصف المسافة بين الرقم والوحدة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
النافذة والأيتام
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
طباعة !
نافذة وأيتام
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the early days of word processors,
page breaks went wherever the page happened to end.
There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
For example the heading for a new section was printed at the very bottom of the page,
the first line of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page,
or the last line of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
These bits of text became known as
\emph on
widows
\emph default
and
\emph on
orphans
\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Clearly,
\SpecialChar LyX
can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
But what about widows and orphans,
where the page breaks leave one line of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page?
There are rules built into \SpecialChar LaTeX
governing page breaks,
and some of those rules are there specifically to prevent widows and orphans.
If they appear nevertheless and you don't like them,
you can add the commands
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
widowpenalty=10000
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
clubpenalty=10000
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble of your document to avoid them.
Some \SpecialChar LaTeX
books (such as
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion"
literal "true"
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexguide"
literal "true"
\end_inset
) have more information about the technical details of \SpecialChar LaTeX
's page break mechanism.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
الملاحظات،
الصور،
الجداول والتعويم
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الملاحظات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ملاحظات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-comment when you export the document to \SpecialChar LaTeX
via the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(xxx)
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Comment
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in \SpecialChar LaTeX
-files.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can set in the document settings under
\family sans
Colors\SpecialChar menuseparator
Greyed-out
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
notes
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
This is the text
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
\end_layout
\end_inset
of a comment that appears in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
As you can see in the example,
greyed out notes can have footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note
\family default
.
Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
التذييل
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تذييل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Footnotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
uses boxes to display footnotes:
When you insert a footnote using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Footnote
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
you will see
\family default
\series default
\bar default
a box like this:
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/footnote.png
scale 95
\end_inset
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
This box is \SpecialChar LyX
's representation of your footnote.
If you
\family default
\series default
\bar default
left-click on
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
foot
\family roman
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\family default
\series default
\bar default
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
label,
the box will
\family default
\series default
\bar default
be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
Clicking on the box label again will close
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
the
\family default
\series default
\bar default
box
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
.
If you want to turn existing text into a footnote,
simply highlight it and click on the footnote
\family default
\series default
\bar default
toolbar
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
button
\family default
\series default
\bar default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here is an example footnote:
\family roman
\series medium
\bar no
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
To close a footnote,
click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text position where the footnote box is placed.
The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
The footnote number is calculated by \SpecialChar LyX
according to the document class.
\SpecialChar LyX
does not yet support a particular numbering scheme,
but you can get other schemes using special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
T
\family roman
h
\family default
ey are described in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الملاحظات الهامشية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ملاحظة هامشية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in \SpecialChar LyX
.
When you insert a margin note via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Marginal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
you will see
\family roman
\series medium
a
\family default
\series default
\family roman
\series medium
box with the
\family default
\series default
\family roman
\series medium
label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
margin
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
appearing within your text.
This box is \SpecialChar LyX
's representation of your margin
\family default
\series default
al
\family roman
\series medium
note.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
\family roman
\series medium
\begin_inset Marginal
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align left
هذه ملاحظة هامشية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even pages,
right on odd pages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For further information about marginal notes see the section
\emph on
Margin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Notes
\emph default
in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الصور والرسوم التوضيحية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
صور
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رسوم توضيحية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Graphics"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To insert an image in your document,
place the cursor at the text position you want and click on the toolbar icon
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
\lang english
or select
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
from the menu.
Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
The
\family sans
Graphics
\family default
tab allows you to choose your image file.
The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling factor.
The scaling units are explained in Appendix
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the tab
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width of the image in the output.
The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
\family sans
Get
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
from
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
file
\family default
.
The option
\family sans
Clip
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
bounding
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
box
\family default
will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore the tab
\family sans
Clipping
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the
\family sans
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LyX options
\family default
tab \SpecialChar LaTeX
experts can specify additional \SpecialChar LaTeX
options.
In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside \SpecialChar LyX
.
The option
\family sans
Draft
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mode
\family default
has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output,
only a frame with the image size is printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are in the text.
This is an example image within a separate,
horizontally centered paragraph:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/2D-intensity-plot.pdf
scale 70
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you need image captions or want to reference images,
you have to put the image into a float,
see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Figure-Floats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
هيئات الصور
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
صور !
هيئات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can insert images in any known file format.
But as we explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
every output document format allows only a few image formats.
\SpecialChar LyX
therefore uses the program
\family typewriter
ImageMagick
\family default
in the background to convert the images to the right format.
To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Bitmap
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
images consist of pixel values,
often in a compressed form.
They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
Well-known bitmap image formats are
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Graphics Interchange Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(GIF,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.gif
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
GIF|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Network Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PNG,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.png
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
PNG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\lang english
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Joint Photographic Experts Group
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(JPG,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.jpeg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
JPG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Scalable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without data loss.
The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations,
because presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Scalable image formats can be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Scalable Vector Graphics
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(SVG,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.svg
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
SVG|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\lang english
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Encapsulated PostScript
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(EPS,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.eps
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
EPS|see
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\lang english
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Portable Document Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(PDF,
file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
.pdf
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
)
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
We say
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
can be
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the result will not be scalable.
In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original image.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
In the case of PDF,
the original image is additionally compressed.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one,
only
\emph on
vice versa
\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إعدادات مجموعة الصور
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
صور !
إعدادات المجموعات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing group.
Images within such a group share their settings,
so adjusting one image of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in the same way.
So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the need to manually change each of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A new group can be set by pressing the button
\family sans
Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
new
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
group
\family default
in the
\family sans
Graphics
\family default
dialog in the
\family sans
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LyX options
\family default
tab.
Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image and checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الجداول
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
جداول
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\family default
.
A dialog will appear,
asking you for the number of rows and columns.
The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated from the rest of the table.
This separation appears due to a double line:
The cells of the first row have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above them.
Here is an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ج
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نافذة الجدول
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and then choosing
\family sans
More\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
This brings up the table dialog.
Here you can adjust the settings of the cell,
row and/or column where the cursor is placed currently.
Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
This means that if you select more cells,
columns or rows the action is done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In addition to the table dialog,
the
\family sans
table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
toolbar
\family default
helps you in setting table properties.
It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the tab
\family sans
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
If you add a row or column,
it will be inserted right beside or below the current cell respectively.
The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width is given.
A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs of text,
see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Table-Cells"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell using the check box
\family sans
Multicolumn
\family default
or
\family sans
Multirow
\family default
.
This will merge the cells to
\emph on
one
\emph default
cell,
spread over more than one column/row.
Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows,
so that the alignment,
width,
and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one in the last row without the upper border:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ألفا
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
بيتا
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
غاما
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ب
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ج
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
د
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
4
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Adept users can declare special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-arguments for the table.
They are necessary for special table formatting,
such as the multirow cells,
explained in the chapter
\emph on
Tables
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table.
These rotations are not visible in \SpecialChar LyX
but are visible in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Most DVI-viewers are
\emph on
not
\emph default
able to display rotations.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Borders
\family default
tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
The button
\family sans
Default
\family default
adds lines for all cell borders.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الجداول متعددة-الصفحات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
جداول !
صفحات متعددة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
جداول متعددة الصفحات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the table is too long to fit on one page,
you can use the option
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
multi-page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
table
\family default
in the tab
\family sans
Multi-page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
table
\family default
of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
Header
\family default
:
The current row and all rows above,
that don't have any special options defined,
are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
Except for the first page,
if
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header
\family default
is defined.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header
\family default
:
The current row and all rows above,
that don't have any special options defined,
are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
Footer
\family default
:
The current row and all rows below,
that don't have any special options defined,
are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
except for the last page,
if
\family sans
Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
footer
\family default
is defined.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
footer
\family default
:
The current row and all rows below,
that don't have any special options defined,
are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Caption:
The first row is reset as a single column.
You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Caption
\family default
.
More about multi-page table captions can be found in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also specify a row where the table is split.
If you set more than one option in the same table row,
you should be aware that then only the first option is used;
the others will be defined as
\emph on
empty
\emph default
.
In this context,
first means first in this order:
\family sans
Footer,
Last
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
footer,
\family default
\family sans
Header,
\family default
\family sans
First
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header
\family default
;
see the following longtable to see how it works:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
مثال قائمة الهاتف (تجاهل الأسماء)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
الاسم
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
الهاتف.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
مثال قائمة الهاتف
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
الاسم
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
الهاتف.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
استمر ...
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111,
222
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
111
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Cinquemani
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giusi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Colin
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Gianfranco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dal Bosco
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Carolina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Dalpiaz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Annamaria
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Domenico
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Focarelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Galletti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Gasparini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franca
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Rizzardi
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paola
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Lassini
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Giancarlo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Malfatti
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Meneguzzo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Mezzadra
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Paolo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555,
222
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Radina
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Claudio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tacchelli
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Ugo
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Margit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Unterkalmsteiner
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Frieda
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
999
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
555
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
النهاية
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
خلايا الجدول
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
جداول !
خلايا
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Table-Cells"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A table cell can contain text,
inline equations,
a figure,
or another table.
All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
\family sans
Section*
\family default
,
etc.),
nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To have multi-line entries in table cells,
you have to declare a fixed width for the column in the table dialog.
Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
An example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\lang english
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
4
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
5
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
6
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
7
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
8
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
This is a multi-line entry in a table.
This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
\lang english
9
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
You can even cut and paste more than one row.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Selection with the mouse or with
\family sans
Shift
\family default
plus the arrow keys works as usual.
You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting the selection from outside the table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
التعويم
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تعويم
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Floats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مدخل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label,
which doesn't have a fixed location.
It can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
float
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
forward or backward a page or two,
to wherever it fits best.
\family sans
Footnotes
\family default
and
\family sans
Margin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Notes
\family default
are also floats,
because they can float to the next page when there are too many notes on the current page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace and pages without text.
As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and the image/table,
every float can be referenced in the text.
Floats are therefore numbered.
Referencing is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To insert a float,
use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Float
\family default
.
A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
The label will automatically be translated to the document language in the output.
After the label you can insert the caption text
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تعويم !
تعليق
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate paragraph within the float.
To keep your \SpecialChar LyX
-document readable,
you can open and close the float box by left-clicking on the box label.
A closed float box looks like this:
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/float.png
scale 80
\end_inset
\lang english
– a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تعويم الرسم التوضيحي
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Figure-Floats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تعويم !
تعويم صورة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:A-star-in"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
was created using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Float\SpecialChar menuseparator
Figure
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Graphics
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor to the left or right of the image and using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/Star-structure.pdf
lyxscale 60
width 50col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:A-star-in"
\end_inset
النجمة في التعويم.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference to it:
Insert a label into the caption using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
) and refer to it using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using vague references like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
the figure above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
because,
as \SpecialChar LaTeX
will reposition the floats in the final document,
it might not be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
above
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
at all.
For more about cross-references,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float,
but sometimes you might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:List-of-Figures"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Two-images"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
You can also set the images one below the other.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Undefinable"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Star"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
are the subfigures.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float figure
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
غير معين
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/3D-structure-distort.pdf
lyxscale 60
width 45col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Float figure
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Star"
\end_inset
نجم
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/Star-structure.pdf
lyxscale 60
width 45col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Two-images"
\end_inset
صورتين.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تعويم الجدول
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تعويم !
تعويم جدول
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
تعويم الجدول يمكن إدراجه باستخدام قائمة
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
تعويم\SpecialChar menuseparator
جدول
\family default
أو زر
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
في شريط الأدوات.
وله نفس إعدادات تعويم الرسم التوضيحي باستثناء أن التعليق يكون فوق الجدول ولي تحته مثل تعليق الرسم التوضيحي ويبدأ التعليق بكلمة جدول
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Table-float"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Table-float"
\end_inset
تعويم الجدول.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
1
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
2
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
3
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ألفا
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
بيتا
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
غاما
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
a & b\\
c & d
\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
معلومات إضافية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تعويم !
تفاصيل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme,
to control the float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float caption.
All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
\emph on
Floats
\emph default
in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
صناديق النصوص
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
صناديق النصوص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LaTeX
provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page,
called a minipage.
Within a minipage,
all the usual rules of indentation,
line wrapping,
etc.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
apply.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Minipages in \SpecialChar LyX
have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Box
\family default
.
Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage and its alignment within the page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "30col%"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic
This is a minipage.
The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\shape italic
Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs another formatting.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إذا وضعت صندوقين نصيين بجوار بعضهما،
يمكنك استخدام
\noun on
ملء أفقي
\noun default
بينهما،
شاهد القسم
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\family roman
\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
\emph off
\bar no
\strikeout off
\xout off
\uuline off
\uwave off
\noun off
\color none
\lang arabic_arabi
\family default
\series default
\shape default
\size default
\emph default
\bar default
\strikeout default
\xout default
\uuline default
\uwave default
\noun default
\color inherit
.
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عالمية العلم،
عالمية العلم،
عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Box Frameless
position "t"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 1
inner_pos "t"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1.5in"
special "none"
height "1pt"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عالمية العلم،
عالمية العلم،
عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم،عالمية العلم.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you right-click on a minipage box,
you can transform the box to another box type.
All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
معادلات الرياضيات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
معادلات | أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Math
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
محرر الرياضيات الأساسي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
أساسيات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To create a math formula,
you can just click on the toolbar icon
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-mode on"
\end_inset
\lang english
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-mode"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
That will create a little blue rectangle,
with purple markers around its corners.
That blue rectangle is the formula itself;
the purple markers indicate what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math
\family default
menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done with the
\family sans
math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
toolbar
\family default
,
that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are two main types of formulas,
inline formulas and display formulas.
Inline formulas appear within a text line,
like this one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This is a line with an inline formula
\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
in it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate paragraph,
like this one:
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Formula
\[
A=B
\]
\end_inset
\lang english
You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
also supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
math commands.
For example,
typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
alpha
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
followed by a space,
in a formula will create the Greek letter
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
\end_inset
.
Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
جولة في المعادلات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
دولة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is achieved with the arrow keys.
\SpecialChar LyX
uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
will leave a formula construct (a square root
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
,
or parentheses
\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset
,
or a matrix
\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
).
Pressing
\family sans
Escape
\family default
will leave the formula,
placing the cursor after the formula.
\family sans
Tab
\family default
can be used to move horizontally in a formula;
for example,
through the cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Space
\family default
,
printed in this document as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
seems to do nothing in a formula,
since it does not add a space between characters,
but it does exit a nested structure.
For this reason,
you have to be careful about using
\family sans
Space
\family default
.
For example,
if you want
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
,
type
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
2x+1
\series default
and not
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
2x
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
+1
\series default
,
since in the latter case only the
\family typewriter
\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
\family default
will be under the square root sign:
\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can leave many parts of a formula,
like this matrix,
partially filled in,
such as:
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
\lambda_{1}\\
& \ddots\\
& & \lambda_{n}
\end{array}\right)
\]
\end_inset
\lang english
If you leave a fraction only partially filled in,
or a subscript with nothing in it,
the results will be unpredictable,
but most constructs don't mind.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحديد النص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want,
and press
\family sans
Shift
\family default
and a cursor movement key to select text.
It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
Alternatively,
you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
That text can then be cut or copied,
and then pasted within any formula,
but not in a normal text region in \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
النص العلوي والسفلي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
نص علوي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
نص سفلي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-superscript"
\end_inset
\lang english
and
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-subscript"
\end_inset
\lang english
),
but it is often much easier to use a command.
To get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
,
type in a formula
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\series default
.
The final
\family sans
Space
\family default
puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
If you type
\series bold
x^2y
\series default
,
you will get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
\end_inset
,
to get
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
\end_inset
,
type
\series bold
x^2
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
y
\series default
.
If you use characters in the superscript,
that could be accented with the circumflex
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
^
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
you have to use an extra
\family sans
Space
\family default
to separate the circumflex and the character.
For example,
if you want
\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
\end_inset
,
type
\series bold
x^
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
a
\series default
.
Subscripts are similar:
To get
\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset
,
type
\series bold
a_1
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الكسور
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
كسور
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Create a fraction either with the command
\series bold
\backslash
frac
\series default
or by using the icon
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\frac"
\end_inset
\lang english
in the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
.
You will be presented with an empty fraction.
The cursor is above the fraction line.
To move it to the bottom,
simply press
\family sans
Down
\family default
.
To move back up,
press
\family sans
Up
\family default
.
Any math structure can be placed in a fraction,
as this example shows:
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
2 & 3\\
4 & 5
\end{array}\right)}\right]
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الجذور
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
جذور
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
الجذور يمكن إدراجها باستخدام الزرين
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
\end_inset
أو
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\root"
\end_inset
،
أو الأمرين
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\series default
أو
\series bold
\backslash
root
\series default
.
والفرق بينهما أن
\series bold
\backslash
sqrt
\series default
خاص بالجذر التربيعي فقط،
أما
\series bold
\backslash
root
\series default
فهو لأي جذر.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
العمليات مع الحدود
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
جموع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
تكاملات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Sum (
\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
) and integral (
\begin_inset Formula $\int$
\end_inset
) operators are very often decorated with limits.
These limits can be entered in \SpecialChar LyX
by entering them as you would enter a super- or subscript,
directly after the symbol.
The sum operator will automatically place its
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
over and under the symbol in displayed formulas,
and to the side in inline formulas,
as in
\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
,
versus
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
\]
\end_inset
\lang english
Integral signs,
however,
will place the limits to the side in both formula types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly behind the operator and using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Limits
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Type
\family default
or entering
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-limits"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
moving limits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
feature,
such as
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
حدود
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
\]
\end_inset
which will place the
\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
\end_inset
underneath the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
lim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in display mode.
In inline formulas it looks like this:
\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
\series bold
\backslash
lim
\series default
.
Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Functions"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الرموز الرياضيات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
رموز
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Most math symbols can be found in the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
under one of several categories;
including
\family sans
Greek
\family default
,
\family sans
Operators
\family default
,
\family sans
Relations
\family default
,
\family sans
Arrows
\family default
.
There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you know the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
you don't have to use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
;
you can type the command directly into the formula.
\SpecialChar LyX
will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تغيير التباعد
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
مسافات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that \SpecialChar LaTeX
provides.
To do this,
press
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "command-alternatives math-space ; space-insert protected"
\end_inset
\lang english
or use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\space"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
This generates a small space,
and shows a small marker on the screen.
For example,
the sequence
\series bold
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
:
\begin_inset Formula $a\,b$
\end_inset
appears in \SpecialChar LyX
as
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
.
\lang english
You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind the space marker and enter space again several times.
With every space enter the size will be changed.
Some markers for the space size appear red in \SpecialChar LyX
,
because they are negative spaces.
Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
and 3×
\family sans
Space
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
a Ctrl+Space b
\series default
and 5×
\family sans
Space
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula $a\!b$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الوظائف
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
وظائف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Functions"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
contains under the button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\functions"
\end_inset
\lang english
a number of function macros,
such as
\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
,
\emph on
etc
\emph default
.
(you can also insert them in a formula by typing
\series bold
\backslash
sin
\series default
etc.).
Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to avoid confusions,
because
\begin_inset Formula $sin$
\end_inset
does normally mean
\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
is different from
\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For some mathematical objects,
like limits,
the macro changes where subscripts are placed,
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Operators-with-Limits"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
اللهجات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
لهجات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text mode.
This may depend on your keyboard,
or the bindings file you use.
You can also use \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands,
for example,
to enter
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
Our example is entered by typing
\series bold
\backslash
hat
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
a
\series default
in a formula.
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Accent-names-and"
\end_inset
أسماء اللهجات والأوامر المقابلة لها.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الاسم
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الأمر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مثال
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
circumflex
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
hat
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
grave
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
acute
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
umlaut
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
ddot
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
tilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
dot
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
caron
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
check
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
macron
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
bar
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
vector
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
vec
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
\family sans
Frame
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
decorations
\family default
symbol set button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\hat"
\end_inset
\lang english
in the math panel;
this will apply to any selection you have made within a formula too.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الأقواس والمحددات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
أقواس
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
محددات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are several brackets available through \SpecialChar LyX
.
For some purposes,
using just the keys
\family typewriter
[]{}()|<>
\family default
should suffice.
But if you want to surround a large structure,
like a matrix or a fraction,
or if you have several layers of brackets,
it is better to use the math toolbar delimiter icon
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
For example,
if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left[\begin{array}{cc}
1 & 2\\
3 & 4
\end{array}\right]
\]
\end_inset
it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
Below,
the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
\lang english
and the expression on the right was entered using the
\family typewriter
()
\family default
keys.
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you use the delimiter icon,
the parentheses,
and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is inside.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the left side and right side.
If you use the option
\family sans
Keep
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
matched
\family default
,
the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
The selection will be shown as \SpecialChar TeX
code.
If you want one side not to have a bracket,
use
\family sans
(none)
\family default
.
It will appear in \SpecialChar LyX
with a dotted line,
but nothing will be printed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you want to place brackets around existing math structures,
like a square root,
you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside the brackets.
Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
\family sans
Insert
\family default
.
The most common bracket combinations (parentheses,
square brackets,
and braces,
on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
For example,
to insert a pair of parentheses,
select the structure and enter
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-delim ( )"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المصفوفات والمعادلات متعددة الأسطر
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
مصفوفة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
مصفوفة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
معادلة متعددة الأسطر
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
المصفوفات يتم إدراجها في \SpecialChar LyX
عن طريق الزر
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset
في شريط الرياضيات.
وسيتم فتح نافذة تسمح بتحديد عدد الصفوف والأعمدة.
وهنا مثال:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
1 & 2 & 3\\
4 & 5 & 6\\
7 & 8 & 9
\end{array}\right)
\]
\end_inset
\lang english
The parentheses aren't automatic,
but you can add them as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
When you construct the matrix,
you can decide whether the column entries will be left-,
right-,
or center-justified.
This alignment is set in the box
\family sans
Horizontal
\family default
with the letters
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
l
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
r
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
c
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\SpecialChar LyX
proposes a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
c
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for every column as default.
For example,
the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
lcr
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
means that the first column will be left-justified,
the second will be centered,
and the third column will be right-justified,
because each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
The result will look like this:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
\begin{array}{lcr}
this & this\,column & this\,column\\
column & has & has\,right\\
has\,left\,alignment & center\,alignment & alignment
\end{array}.
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
while the cursor is in the matrix.
Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math
\family default
or the math toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are other arrays used in formulas,
such as distinctions of cases.
It can be created with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cases
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Environment
\family default
or the command
\series bold
\backslash
cases
\series default
.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
-1 & x<0\\
0 & x=0\\
1 & x>0
\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
Multi-line formulas are created when you press
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
within a formula.
In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear,
one for each column.
When you press
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
in a non-empty formula,
the part before the relation sign (equal sign
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
=
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column,
the relation sign is in the second column,
and the rest in the third column.
A new row is created by every further entry of
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray}
a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray*}
\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
\end{eqnarray*}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The multi-line formula type described here is called
\family typewriter
\series medium
eqnarray
\family default
\series default
.
There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:asquared"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
The other types are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المعادلة المرقمة والعلامة المرجعية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
معادلة مرقمة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
معادلة مرجعية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To number a formula,
set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formula
\family default
or the shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
The formula number appears in \SpecialChar LyX
within parentheses.
The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on the document class.
In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
separated by a dot:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{equation}
1+1=2
\end{equation}
\end_inset
Using
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
\lang english
in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line:
Using the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Number
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
This
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\family default
or the shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
\lang english
will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray}
1 & = & 3-2\\
2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
4 & \leq & 7
\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
To number all lines use the shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
A label is inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
) when the cursor is in the formula.
This opens a dialog to enter the label.
It is recommended that you use the suggested
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
eq:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
as the first part of the label,
because this helps later to identify the label type when you have many labels in your document.
We inserted in the following example the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
eq:tanhExp
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the second line:
\begin_inset Formula
\begin{eqnarray}
\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
& = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Reference
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
The reference appears in \SpecialChar LyX
as a gray cross-reference box and in the output as the formula number:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This is a cross-reference to equation (
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "eq:tanhExp"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The properties of \SpecialChar LyX
's cross-reference box are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
To delete a label,
set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and press
\family sans
Del
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
and we can replace the equation number with any text by
\backslash
tag and
\backslash
tag* which writing in the end of formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
تعيين المستخدم لماكرو رياضي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
ماكرو
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you have equations of the same form in a document several times.
Math macros are explained in section
\emph on
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Macros
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
ضبط دقيق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
المحارف
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
محارف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The standard font for text is italic,
for numbers the standard is roman.
To set a font in a formula,
use the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
\lang english
,
or enter its command,
listed in table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement document
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
\end_inset
مظهر الخط والأمر الخاص به.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الخط
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الأمر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathrm
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathbf
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathtt
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathbb
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathfrak
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\emph on
\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathcal
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\backslash
mathsf
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
\family sans
Blackboard
\family default
and
\family sans
Calligraphic
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you use a typeface,
a blue box is inserted in the formula.
Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
Pressing
\family sans
Space
\family default
within the box will set the cursor outside,
so that you have to use a protected space when you need a space in the box.
Here is an example where
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
N
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in
\family sans
Blackboard
\family default
denotes the set of numbers:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\:x\in\mathbb{N}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The typefaces are nestable,
which can cause confusion.
You can,
for example,
put a character in
\family sans
Fraktur
\family default
in a box for
\family sans
Typewriter
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
You can only print them emboldened using the command
\series bold
\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
,
which works like the other typeface commands:
\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
boldsymbol
\series default
works for all symbols,
letters,
and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A number of other font options are available as well,
in the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Math\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
النص الرياضي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
نص
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font,
but not for text.
For typing longer pieces of text use the math text,
which is obtained using the entry
\family sans
Normal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mode
\family default
of the
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panel
\family default
button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
Math text appears in \SpecialChar LyX
in black instead of blue.
You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
Here is an example:
\begin_inset Formula
\[
f(x)=\begin{cases}
x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
\end{cases}
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
حجم الخط
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
حجم الخط
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode,
which are automatically chosen in most situations.
These are called
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
,
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
,
\family sans
scriptstyle
\family default
,
and
\family sans
scriptscriptstyle
\family default
.
For most characters,
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
and
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
are actually the same size,
but fractions,
superscripts and subscripts,
and certain other structures,
are set larger in
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
.
Except for some operators,
which resize themselves to accommodate various situations,
all text will be set in the styles that \SpecialChar LaTeX
thinks are appropriate.
These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
For example,
you can set
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
,
which is normally in
\family sans
textstyle
\family default
,
larger in
\family sans
displaystyle
\family default
:
\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
\end_inset
.
The four styles are used in the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset is set in a particular size with the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
,
all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
Similarly,
if the base font size of the document is changed,
all fonts will be adjusted to correspond.
As an example here is a formula in the font size
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family roman
\size largest
\lang english
\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
حزمة AMS
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات AMS
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
AMS
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society (AMS) that are in common use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تفعيل حزمة AMS
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in the document by selecting the checkbox
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
AMS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
package
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
dialog under
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Options
\family default
.
AMS is needed for many math-constructs;
so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors in formulas,
ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
أنواع معادلات حزمة AMS
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رياضيات !
معادلة متعددة الأسطر
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
AMS-\SpecialChar LaTeX
provides a selection of different formula types.
\SpecialChar LyX
allows you to choose between
\family typewriter
align
\family default
,
\family typewriter
alignat
\family default
,
\family typewriter
flalign
\family default
,
\family typewriter
gather
\family default
,
and
\family typewriter
multline
\family default
.
We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "AMS"
literal "true"
\end_inset
,
for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
أدوات أخرى
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
إشارة مرجعية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إشارة مرجعية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
One of \SpecialChar LyX
's strengths is cross-references.
You can reference every section,
float,
footnote,
formula,
and list in the document.
To reference a document part,
you have to insert a label into it.
The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
العنصر الأول
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
العنصر الثاني
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
العنصر الثالث
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Label
\family default
or by pressing the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
A gray label box like this:
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/label.png
\end_inset
\lang english
is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
\SpecialChar LyX
offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix,
in our case the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
enu:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
stands for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
enumerate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted;
for example,
if you insert a label into a section heading,
the suggested prefix will be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
sec:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To reference the item,
we refer to its label using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
A gray cross-reference box like this:
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/reference.png
\end_inset
\lang english
is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels in the document.
We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
enu:Second-item
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As an alternative to
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Cross-Reference
\family default
,
you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
\family sans
Copy as Reference
\family default
.
The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted to the actual cursor position via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paste
\family default
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paste"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here is our cross-reference:
Item
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "enu:Second-item"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
It is recommended to use a protected space
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly line breaks between them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are eight formats of cross-references:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
:
prints the number,
this is the default
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Two-images"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
():
prints the number within two parentheses,
this is the style normally used to reference formulas,
especially when the reference name
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Equation
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is omitted
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand eqref
reference "eq:tanhExp"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
:
prints the page number:
Page
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand pageref
reference "fig:Two-images"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
:
prints the text “on page” and the page number
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vpageref
reference "fig:Two-images"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang english
If the label is on the same page,
it prints “on this page”;
if the label is on a facing page in a two-sided document,
it prints “on the facing page”;
if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page,
it prints “on the previous page”;
if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
it prints “on the next page”.
The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
:
prints the number,
the text “on page” and the page number:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand vref
reference "fig:Two-images"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If the label is on the same page,
this format behaves like
\family sans
\series bold
\family default
\series default
;
otherwise it behaves like
\family sans
\series bold
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Formatted
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
reference:
prints a self defined cross-reference format.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
This feature is only available when you have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
or
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
حزمة لتيك !
refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
instaled.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
You can select which \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package should be used for this feature by setting the option
\family sans
Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document Class
\family default
.
The package
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
is the default and preferred because
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
supports only English documents.
The format is specified by using the command
\series bold
\backslash
newrefformat
\series default
(prettyref) or
\series bold
\backslash
newref
\series default
(refstyle) in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
preamble of the document.
For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label shortcut
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
fig
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) can be done for
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
with this command:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
\backslash
pageref{#1}}}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Note that neither
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
nor
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
predefines reference formats for all available types.
This is especially true for the wide variety of mathematical `theorem' environments.
So if you want to make formatted references to,
say,
Propositions,
then you will need to define the relevant format yourself.
For
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
,
you might do so as follows:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
newrefformat{prop}{Proposition
\backslash
ref{#1}}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
For more information about defining formatted references,
have a look at the package documentation
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "prettyref,refstyle"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang english
The options
\family sans
Plural
\family default
and
\family sans
Capitalized
\family default
will be available with formatted references only if you are using the
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
package.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Textual
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
reference:
prints the caption or the name of the reference
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand nameref
reference "fig:Two-images"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Label
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
only:
prints only the \SpecialChar LaTeX
label for the reference
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand labelonly
reference "fig:Two-images"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang english
This allows for customization,
using \SpecialChar TeX
Code,
if you want to issue a command that \SpecialChar LyX
does not support.
If you are using
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
,
then you may want to use the
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Prefix
\family default
option,
which will output only the part of the reference following the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
separator.
This is the form needed for e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
's range commands.The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output is automatically calculated by \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
The varieties are adjusted in the field
\family sans
Format
\family default
of the cross-reference window,
that appears when you click on the cross-reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can only use the style
\family sans
\family default
to reference numbered document parts,
while the reference style
\family sans
\family default
is always possible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you want to reference a section,
put the label in the section heading;
for floats put the label in the caption;
for footnotes put the label in it.
Referencing formulas is explained in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
The entry
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Label
\family default
sets the cursor before the referenced label.
This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Back
\family default
so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
You can also go back with the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can change labels at any time.
References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you do not need to think about this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label,
you will see in \SpecialChar LyX
“BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
References are described in detail in the section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\emph on
Referencing Floats
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
جدول المحتويات والقوائم الأخرى
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
جدول المحتويات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
استكشاف !
خلاصة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خلاصة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:toc"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
جدول المحتويات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Contents
\family default
.
It is displayed in \SpecialChar LyX
as a gray box.
If you click on it,
the
\family sans
Outline
\family default
window appears,
showing you the TOC entries as outline,
which allows you to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Outline
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Pane
\family default
that is described in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:The-Outliner"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
If you have declared a short title for a section heading,
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
Section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are listed in the TOC.
Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
قائمة الصور،
الجداول،
اللوغاريتمات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:List-of-Figures"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Table,
figure,
listings and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
You can insert them via the
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC
\family default
submenus.
The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الروابط والروابط التشعبية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
روابط
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
روابط تشعبية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الروابط
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:URLs"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
URL
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here is an example URL:
\SpecialChar LyX
's homepage
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You cannot change the style of the link text,
the URL text will always be in the style
\family typewriter
Typewriter
\family default
.
To be able to format the URL text,
use hyperlinks as explained in the next subsection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
URLs must not end with a backslash,
otherwise you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
errors.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الروابط التشعبية
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hyperlink
\family default
or with the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
The appearing dialog has two fields:
\family sans
Target
\family default
and
\family sans
Name
\family default
.
The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
target "https://www.lyx.org"
literal "false"
\end_inset
,
\lang english
an Email address like this:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "lyx-docs mailing list"
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
type "mailto:"
literal "false"
\end_inset
,
or a link to a file.
The option
\family sans
Literal
\family default
in the hyperlink settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
code to the
\family sans
Name
\family default
field.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by adding the prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
run:
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to the link target.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
To set the format of the link text,
highlight the hyperlink inset and use the text style dialog.
This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
\family sans
\series bold
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "LyX's homepage"
target "https://www.lyx.org"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The link text color can be changed,
when the option
\family sans
Color links
\family default
is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
PDF Properties
\family default
).
The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the option
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
urlcolor=blue
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
to the field
\family sans
Additional options
\family default
in the PDF Properties dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الملاحق
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الملاحق
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Appendices are created with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Start
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Here
\family default
.
This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end as the appendix part of the book.
This part is marked with a red borderline.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
numbered with a capital Latin letter.
The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot and the subsection number.
All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
here two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Credits"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
;
Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
ثبت المراجع
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ثبت المراجع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a \SpecialChar LyX
document.
You can include a bibliography database,
which is explained in sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
or you can insert the bibliography manually,
using the paragraph environment
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
,
which is described in the following section (but see also sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Biblio_environment"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in this document,
such as author-year citations,
and if you have more than a handful of references,
then you should seriously consider
\emph on
\emph default
using a bibliography database.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In order to demonstrate the difference between these two approaches,
we use two bibliographies in this document,
a
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment and a database-generated bibliography.
As you can see,
the bibliography that is created from a database lists only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
In other words,
the database approach relieves you,
amongst other things,
from the burden to check which entries you have actually cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
بيئة ثبت المراجع
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Within the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment,
every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled with a number.
If you click on it,
you will get a dialog in which you can set a
\family sans
Key
\family default
and a
\family sans
Label
\family default
.
The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography entry.
Each entry needs to be given a unique key,
which is one word consisting of ASCII characters only.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
ASCII means
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "this set"
target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII#Character_set"
literal "false"
\end_inset
of characters:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ASCII
\backslash
#Character_set
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
For example,
our second entry in the bibliography is a book about \SpecialChar LaTeX
and we used
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
latexcompanion
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
a short form of its title,
as the key.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If you set a
\family sans
Label
\family default
for the entry,
references to it will appear with this label instead of the number of the entry.
The option
\family sans
Literal
\family default
in the bibliography items settings dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
code to the
\family sans
Label
\family default
field.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Citation
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear containing the available citations.
Select one or more keys from the list and
\family sans
Add
\family default
them.
Then press
\family sans
OK
\family default
.
The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
If you click on the box,
the citation window will appear and you can change the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Citation references appear in the output as the number or the label of the bibliography entry with surrounding brackets.
Here are two examples;
the first without a label,
the second with the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Credits
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Have a look at the
\family sans
\SpecialChar LaTeX
Companion Second Edition
\family default
:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The \SpecialChar LyX
-Team members are listed in the Credits:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "lyxcredit"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also produce author-year or author-number citations,
using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
In order to do so,
the label needs to be given the form
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Author(Year)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
or
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Author A and Author B(Year)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\emph on
without
\emph default
a blank between the author(s) and the opening parenthesis that delimits the year.
Then,
if you select
\family sans
Natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(BibTeX)
\family default
in the document settings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
dialog under
\family sans
Bibliography\SpecialChar menuseparator
Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
format
\family default
(see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Citation-Format"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
),
you can select between different author-year or author-number styles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest label via the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paragraph
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
(toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
قاعدة بيانات ثبت المراجع
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ثبت المراجع !
قاعدة البيانات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same references in different documents.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning them.
Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout
\end_inset
It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography entries.
You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of your working field in a database.
This database can be used for different documents,
and by default only the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for that document.
This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books you have cited.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The database is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
.bib
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
containing the bibliography in a special format.
The format is explained in
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "BibTeX-2"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\lang english
and in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
books (
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
literal "true"
\end_inset
).
The file can be created using any text editor,
but normally one uses a special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
A list of such programs is maintained on the \SpecialChar LyX
Wiki at
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
supports two different approaches to use bibliography databases in a document.
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
is the classic technique that has been the only way to use such databases for a long time.
It is quite established and mature and there is a huge range of existing styles available.
But it has its drawbacks,
especially when it comes to more complex bibliographic needs and support for specific languages and scripts.
Those are addressed by
\series bold
\lang arabic_arabi
biblatex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
It reads the same database format than Bib\SpecialChar TeX
(although it has been significantly extended beyond Bib\SpecialChar TeX
's scope)
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Meaning:
While
\noun on
Biblatex
\noun default
can handle any classic Bib\SpecialChar TeX
database,
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
might conversely fail to correctly handle databases that use specific
\noun on
Biblatex
\noun default
features.
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
but it uses a different framework to generate citations and references from it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To select if Bib\SpecialChar TeX
or
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
should be used,
set in the document settings (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
)
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
under
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
the
\family sans
Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
format
\family default
to a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
or a
\family sans
Biblatex
\family default
format.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ثبت المراجع !
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To access a database via Bib\SpecialChar TeX
,
use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List
\family default
/
\family sans
TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bibliography
\family default
.
A window will appear in which you can add one or more databases and select a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\family sans
style
\family default
file.
The option
\family sans
Add bibliography to TOC
\family default
adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
In the
\family sans
Content
\family default
drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The Bib\SpecialChar TeX
style file is a text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
.bst
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
Your \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution should provide several of these,
and many publishers provide their own style files,
so that you don't have to take care of the layout.
It is of course possible to write your own style file,
but this is something for experts.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
For information on how this is done,
have a look at
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
In this document we used the Bib\SpecialChar TeX
style
\family sans
alpha.bst
\family default
,
which provides an alpha-numeric style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Biblatex
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ثبت المراجع !
Biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Accessing a database via
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
is almost identical to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
:
Use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List
\family default
/
\family sans
TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bibliography
\family default
.
In contrary to Bib\SpecialChar TeX
you cannot select a
\family sans
style
\family default
file.
The other dialog options are the same as with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
biblatex
\series default
has two different style files:
a bibliography style file (text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
.bbx
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) controls how the bibliography entries will look like and a citation style file (text file with the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
.cbx
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) controls the look of the citation references in the text.
Usually such style files come in pairs and it makes sense to use matching styles.
It is nevertheless possible to mix any citation style with any bibliography style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
biblatex
\series default
styles are not set in the
\family sans
Bib(la)TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bibliography
\family default
dialog,
but in the document settings
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
However,
in the dialog in the
\family sans
Options
\family default
field,
which is only visible if you use
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
,
you can enter options that determine how the bibliography is printed (for example how its heading will appear).
These options are deescribed in detail in the
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
manual,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Biblatex"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserting a citation reference works as described in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
معالجة ثبت المراجع
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To generate the bibliography from a database,
\SpecialChar LyX
uses a bibliography processor,
that is an external program that reads the database,
sorts the citations and processes the data in a way it can be included in the document.
The classic program is called Bib\SpecialChar TeX
.
It has the advantage that it is very mature and widespread,
but the disadvantage that it has severe limitations,
due to its age.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Meanwhile,
some alternatives have been developed that address some of these limitations.
LyX natively supports some of them and lets you select a custom processor.
You can do this on a general level in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\family default
or for individual documents in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bibliography
\family default
.
The following variants are available by default:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
biber a specific,
modern processor
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
biber
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
developed exclusively for
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
(it does not work with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
!).
\series bold
biber
\series default
provides full Unicode support,
unlimited memory and many specific features
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
makes use of;
if you use the
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
approach,
it is strongly recommended to use
\series bold
biber
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
bibtex the standard;
does not allow special characters in bibliography entries that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding,
limited memory,
works with all bibliography packages,
although it will probably fail with
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
bibliographies due to the limited memory.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding (but no Unicode support),
larger memory than
\family sans
bibtex
\family default
,
works with all bibliography packages,
although more complex
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
bibliographies will exceed its limits,
and not all
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
features are supported.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By default (with the
\family sans
Processor
\family default
set in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bibliography
\family default
and with
\family sans
Automatic
\family default
as setting for the
\family sans
Processor
\family default
in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\family default
),
\SpecialChar LyX
selects an appropriate (available) processor for the current bibliography approach (
\series bold
biber
\series default
for
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
,
\family sans
bibtex
\family default
for Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-based bibliography styles).
This should suit most needs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In Japanese documents,
a specific processor is used.
By default this is pBib\SpecialChar TeX
(in \SpecialChar LyX
\family sans
pbibtex
\family default
),
a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
variant specifically aimed at Japanese.
You can adjust it in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Selected bibliography processors can be controlled with options that you can add below the selection.
Before adding options,
it is strongly recommended that you read the manual of Bib\SpecialChar TeX
or
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
biber
\series default
,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "BibTeX,biber"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
التخصيص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
supports some specific tasks such as sectioned bibliographies and multiple bibliographies.
These are explained in detail in section
\emph on
Customizing Bibliographies
\emph default
\emph on
with Bib\SpecialChar TeX
or Biblatex
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
هيئة الاستشهاد
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ثبت المراجع !
هيئة الاستشهاد
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Citation-Format"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Many different citation formats are common,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
numerical citation (as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
1
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
like in this document),
alpha-numerical citations (as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Mil08
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) or author-year citations (as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Miller (2008a)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
\SpecialChar LyX
supports these formats via specific citation packages and their style files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By default a simple numeric citation style is used.
In
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bibliography
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
you have a range of other options,
depending on your preferred bibliography approach.
With the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment your only choice besides manual formatting of the bibliography labels,
is there to use
\family sans
Natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(BibTeX)
\family default
\series bold
\series default
as
\family sans
Style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
format
\family default
which gives you author-year and author-numerical citations (see above
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:The-Bibliography-Environment"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for details).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With a bibliography database (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) one has in contrary to the
\family sans
Bibliography
\family default
environment full access to the formatting styles.
These style formats are available:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Basic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(BibTeX) the default Bib\SpecialChar TeX
-based approached without any additional packages (simple numeric citations).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Biblatex loads the package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
and lets you select a style in the dropdown boxes
\family sans
Biblatex citation style
\family default
and
\family sans
Biblatex bibliography style
\family default
below.
Options to the package
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
can be entered in the
\family sans
Options
\family default
field.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Biblatex
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mode) loads the package
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
with the natbib compatibility mode.
This is a specific variant for users who switch an existing document that uses
\series bold
natbib
\series default
or want to emulate
\family sans
the
\family default
\series bold
natbib
\series default
behavior very closely.
Compared to normal
\family sans
Biblatex
\family default
this option has some additional styles.
All
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
styles are also supported by this variant.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Jurabib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(BibTeX) loads the package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
jurabib
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
jurabib
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
which provides author-year styles particularly suited for law studies.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Natbib
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(BibTeX) loads the package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
which provides citation styles particularly suited for the humanities.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Biblatex
\family default
and
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
style formats provide the choice between author-year and author-numerical citation styles.
You have to select one style in the dropdown box
\family sans
Variant
\family default
.
Note that for the
\family sans
Biblatex
\family default
formats,
this only affects the appearance in the \SpecialChar LyX
workarea.
Whether the output uses numerical,
author-year or another format such as alpha-numerical depends only on the selected
\family sans
Biblatex citation style
\family default
.
However,
when switching between Author-year and Author-number,
a suitable style is proposed.
With
\family sans
Natbib
\family default
,
on the other hand,
the dialog selection will ultimately determine the style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For any author-year and author-numerical selection,
multiple style variants are available in the
\family sans
Citation
\family default
dialog.
Some selections also provide further options like the option to uppercase a name prefix such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
van Beethoven
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(to
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Van Beethoven
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
) or to expand or reduce the number of displayed others (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
use or don't use
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
et al.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the citation dialog you can also set text to appear after a citation reference,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
page numbers,
which will then be formatted according to the style's needs (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
with or without
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
pp.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
The option
\family sans
Literal
\family default
in the citation dialog allows to input \SpecialChar TeX
code to the fields
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
before
\family default
and
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
after
\family default
.
Here is a simple example where the text
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
3
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
appears after the reference:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Quote
\lang english
Have a look at
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "Chapter 3"
key "latexcompanion"
literal "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
All styles except for
\family sans
Basic (BibTeX)
\family default
also provide the feature to add text that precedes the reference (such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
cf.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
This text is then also included in the parentheses,
if the style requires this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that these pre- and postnotes apply to the whole citation.
So if you refer to multiple references at once,
the prenote will precede the first citation in the list,
the postnote will follow the last.
Some
\family sans
Biblatex
\family default
styles allow to add pre- and postnotes to any individual reference in a multi-citation (so-called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
qualified citation lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
).
\SpecialChar LyX
supports this.
If you use such a style and if the current reference includes multiple items the
\family sans
Citation
\family default
dialog will display three columns in the field
\family sans
Selected Citations
\family default
:
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
before
\family default
,
\family sans
Cite
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
key
\family default
and
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
after
\family default
.
If you double-click on an item's
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
before
\family default
or
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
after
\family default
field,
you can add such individual pre- and postnotes.
In the
\family sans
General text before
\family default
and
\family sans
General text after
\family default
fields you can add pre- and postnotes that apply to the whole list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الفهرس
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إنتاج فهرس
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Index"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
An index entry is created if you use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Entry
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed by \SpecialChar LyX
as the index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
List
\family default
.
A light blue box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Index
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
The index list box is not clickable like other \SpecialChar LyX
-boxes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
For a detailed description of \SpecialChar LaTeX
's index mechanism,
have a look at one of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تجميع مداخل الفهرس
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فهرس !
تجميع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the index.
We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated lists under the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
First we create the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Lists"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Itemize"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
we insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
Lists !
Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
and the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
Lists !
Enumerate
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
for the enumerated list in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Enumerate"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The exclamation mark
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
!
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
marks the grouping levels.
You can have three levels;
every index level is indented a bit more.
An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
If we don't have an index entry for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Lists
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
it will be printed anyway,
but without a page number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مدى صفحات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فهرس !
مدى صفحات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed section.
But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
For example,
if we want to index the paragraph environments,
we create an index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
and another entry at the end of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LyX-Code"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The commands
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
|(
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
|)
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
respectively start and end the index range.
You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of the pages of the indexed document parts.
An example is the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Document !
Settings
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إشارة مرجعية
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فهرس !
إشارة مرجعية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
We referred for example in the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
GIF
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Image-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) to the index entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Image formats
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the same section using the entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
where the braces have to be inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ترتيب مدخل الفهرس
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فهرس !
ترتيب مدخل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not follow the rules for the index order.
The index entries are sorted alphabetically but \SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
The index generating is done in the background by an extra program,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maître
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مدخل مجسم !
الفا
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مخل مجسم !
بيتا
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مدخل مجسم !
الفا@غاما
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
They will be sorted in the order maïs,
maître,
maison but we want the order maïs,
maison,
maître.
To achieve this,
we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In our case we want to have
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
maïs@maison
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
You can also use another word to tell \SpecialChar LaTeX
the entry order.
See the next subsection for an example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نسق مدخل الفهرس
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فهرس !
نسق مدخل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مدخل مجسم !
\shape italic
هذا مدخل مجسم إيطالي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
You can also format the page number using the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
followed by a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command without a backslash.
We can write for example
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
رقم صفحة إيطالي:|textit
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
to get the page number in italic.
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مدخل مجسم !
ترقيم صفحة إيطالي :|textit
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
Normally all \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands begin with a backslash,
but in this special case
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
|command
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
means
\series bold
\backslash
command{page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
number}
\series default
.
Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
to learn more about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
to generate the index,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
If you use
\family sans
xindy
\family default
,
this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
This is because
\family sans
xindy
\family default
requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used,
see
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
after "p. 678 ff."
key "latexcompanion"
literal "true"
\end_inset
for details.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In general,
we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown above.
Instead,
you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of the indexed term,
so that users can easily find definitions.
If so,
put the following in the preamble
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
IndexDef}[1]{
\backslash
textit{#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
واكتب
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
in the index entry
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Dummy entries !
my entry|IndexDef
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
The advantage is that,
if you change your mind later or if your publisher insists that definitions must not be italic but bold,
you just need to change the macro in the preamble,
not every single index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also change the layout for the whole index.
For example,
we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font for all index entries.
For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
\emph on
Index Style File
\emph default
,
see the
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
or
\family sans
xindy
\family default
documentation for details,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex,xindy"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
برنامج الفهرسة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فهرس !
برنامج
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Index-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the index generation program
\family sans
xindy
\family default
is installed,
\SpecialChar LyX
uses it for index generation;
otherwise the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
,
the program that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution,
is used.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Makeindex
\family default
is very old,
no longer under development and has many pitfalls,
notably that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
However,
if you are writing in another than the English language,
consider to use
\family sans
xindy
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in \SpecialChar LyX
's preferences dialog,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "makeindex-man,xindy"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
In this dialog,
you can also specify an alternative program to generate the index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a given document,
you can define the program and\SpecialChar breakableslash
or the options in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
.
This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الفهارس المتعددة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
For instance,
you might need to set up a separate
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Index of Names
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
next to the standard index.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
does not provide this possibility out of the box,
but there are packages that add this feature.
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
splitidx
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
splitidx
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
package to generate multiple indexes.
The package is included in all recent \SpecialChar LaTeX
distributions.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
If yours does not ship it,
consult the \SpecialChar TeX
catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
Note that the package does not only consist of a \SpecialChar LaTeX
style,
but it also includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To set up \SpecialChar LyX
for the use of multiple indexes,
go to
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Indexes
\family default
and select the option
\family sans
Use multiple Indexes
\family default
.
Note that the list
\family sans
Available Indexes
\family default
already contains the standard index
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Index
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
To add further indexes,
add the name of the index (in the form that should also appear as a heading) to the
\family sans
New
\family default
input field and press the
\family sans
Add
\family default
button.
The new index now also appears in the list.
If you like,
you can attribute an alternative \SpecialChar LyX
label color to the new index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Once the document changes have been applied,
you can find the new index list in
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
List/TOC
\family default
and the
\family sans
Insert
\family default
menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
The workflow is basically the same as for the default index,
but there are additional features:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry,
right-clicking on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
By right-clicking on an index,
you can change its type.
Furthermore,
you can specify an index to be a
\family sans
Subindex
\family default
.
If you do that,
the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
For example,
if you use a book class,
where the standard index heading is defined as a chapter,
subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Literal
\family default
allows to use \SpecialChar TeX
code in the name of the index.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المصطلحات/قاموس الكلمات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مصطلح
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قاموس|أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
مصطلح
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Nomenclature"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or glossary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries,
you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
installed.
You find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
literal "true"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry and then use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
N
\family sans
omenclature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Entry
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
A gray box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Nom
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
The first is the term or
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
that you wish to define.
The second is the
\family sans
Description
\family default
of the term or symbol.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
To use \SpecialChar TeX
code for nomenclature entries the option
\family sans
Literal
\family default
in the nomenclature dialog has to be used.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نسق وتعريف المصطلح
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مصطلح !
نسق
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you have symbols in formulas,
you have to define them in the
\family sans
Symbol
\family default
field as \SpecialChar LaTeX
formulas.
For example to get
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
insert this:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
$
\backslash
sigma$
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series default
The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
character starts/ends the formula.
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning with a backslash
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\backslash
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
For capital Greek letters,
start the command also with a capital letter,
like
\series bold
\backslash
Sigma
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
(A short introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You cannot use the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog to format the description text;
you have to use \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in this document is:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
dummy entry for the character
\backslash
textsf{sigma}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The command
\series bold
\backslash
textsf
\series default
sets the fonts to
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
.
To get
\series bold
bold
\series default
font use the command
\series bold
\backslash
textbf
\series default
,
for
\family typewriter
typewriter
\family default
use
\series bold
\backslash
texttt
\series default
,
for
\emph on
emphasized
\emph default
use
\series bold
\backslash
emph
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To customize the appearance of all symbols add e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
the command
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
nomlabel}[1]{
\backslash
textsf{
\backslash
textbf{#1}}}
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
to the LaTeX preamble in the document settings.
This command will make the font of all symbols
\series bold
bold
\series default
and
\family sans
sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
serif
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the characters |
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
!
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
,
@ and
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
"
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
should appear in nomenclature entries containing \SpecialChar TeX
code they need to be escaped by adding a quote character in front of them.
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
description "The quote sign in TeX code is output by writing ' \"\" '."
literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فرز وترتيب المصطلحات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مصطلح !
فرز وترتيب
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-code of the symbol definition.
This leads to undesired results when you,
for example,
have symbols in formulas.
Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
\emph on
a
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
symbol "a"
description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
literal "false"
\end_inset
\emph default
and
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
LatexCommand nomenclature
prefix "sigma"
symbol "$\\sigma$"
description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
They will be sorted by
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
a
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
$
\backslash
sigma$
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
– the
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
will be sorted before the
\emph on
a
\emph default
since the character
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
$
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is considered in sorting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To control the sort order,
you can edit the
\family sans
Sort
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
as
\family default
field of the nomenclature dialog.
Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol definition.
For the example given,
you can insert
\family typewriter
sigma
\family default
in this field for the
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
,
then
\emph on
a
\emph default
will be located before
\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
خيارات المصطلحات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مصطلح !
خيارات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Nomenclature-Options"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
Here are some of its options;
for more have a look at its documentation:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
refeq Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
,
see equation (
\emph on
eq
\emph default
)
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to every nomenclature entry,
where
\family sans
\emph on
eq
\family default
\emph default
is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
refpage Appends the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
,
page (
\emph on
page
\emph default
)
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to every nomenclature entry,
where
\family sans
\emph on
page
\family default
\emph default
is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To use one or more of the options,
add them to the comma-separated document class options list in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
In this document the options
\series bold
refpage,
intoc
\series default
are used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
\family sans
Description
\family default
field in the nomenclature dialog:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\backslash
nomrefeq Like the
\series bold
refeq
\series default
option
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\backslash
nomrefpage Like the
\series bold
refpage
\series default
option
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\backslash
nomrefeqpage Short notation of
\series bold
\backslash
nomrefeq
\backslash
nomrefpage
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\backslash
nomnorefeq,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
nomnorefpage,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\backslash
nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Words like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
are automatically translated for most document languages.
If not,
add these lines in front of the nomenclature list as \SpecialChar TeX
code:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
renewcommand*{
\backslash
eqdeclaration}[1]{
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\size small
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\size default
\backslash
unskip,
see equation
\backslash
nobreakspace(#1)}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
renewcommand*{
\backslash
pagedeclaration}[1]{
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\size small
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\size default
\backslash
unskip,
page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the numbers should be hyperlinks,
assure that you use
\family sans
Hyperref
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Support
\family default
in the document settings under
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Properties
\family default
and use instead:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
renewcommand*{
\backslash
eqdeclaration}[1]{
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
unskip,
see
\backslash
hyperlink{equation.#1}{equation
\backslash
nobreakspace{}(#1)}}
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
renewcommand*{
\backslash
pagedeclaration}[1]{
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\backslash
unskip,
\backslash
hyperlink{page.#1}{page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
طباعة المصطلحات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مصطلح !
طباعة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To print the nomenclature,
use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Lists/TOC\SpecialChar menuseparator
Nomenclature
\family default
.
A box labeled
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Nomenclature
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
By right-clicking on it,
the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
You can choose between these settings:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
افتراضي المسافة المستخدمة 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
cm
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
عرض
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
ملصق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
طويل the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
مخصص مسافة مخصصة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Nomenclature
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
If you are not happy with the name,
you can change it by redefining the command
\series bold
\backslash
nomname
\series default
in the preamble.
For example,
in order to change the name to
\emph on
List of Symbols
\emph default
,
add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
AtBeginDocument{
\backslash
addto
\backslash
captionsenglish{
\backslash
def
\backslash
nomname{List of Symbols}}}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you are using another document language than English,
replace
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
captionsenglish
\series default
by
\series bold
\backslash
extras***
\series default
,
where *** is the name of the language used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
برنامج المصطلحات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مصطلح !
برنامج
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
uses the program
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
,
that is part of every \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution,
to generate the nomenclature.
\SpecialChar LyX
's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
by adding options,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
The available options are listed and explained in
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "nomencl,makeindex"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الفروع
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فروع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
فروع
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Branches"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the pupils to see the answers,
but having questions and answers in the same document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For these cases \SpecialChar LyX
allows you to put text into branches.
The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
To create a branch,
either select the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branch\SpecialChar menuseparator
Insert New Branch
\family default
(if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog to
\family sans
Branches
\family default
,
where you can specify and change the name of the branch,
its activation state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
its background color inside \SpecialChar LyX
and whether the name of the branch should be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active (see below for an example).
Furthermore,
the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch to the name of the other) and to add
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
unknown branches
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents,
without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
These boxes are inserted via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branch
\family default
where you can choose a branch.
You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking on them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here is an example,
where only the question text appears,
the answer branch is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Branch Question
inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
سؤال:
\series default
من هو أول فيزيائي يفوز بجازة نوبل؟
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Branch Answer
inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
الاجابة:
\series default
وليام كونراد رونتجن.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you activate
\family sans
Filename Suffix
\family default
in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Branches
\family default
,
the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
Consider for example a file
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam.lyx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
which has the above branches.
If
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Filename Suffix
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is active,
the PDF export file would be called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if both the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
branch were inactive,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam-Question.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if only the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Question
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
branch was active,
likewise
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if only the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
branch was active,
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
if both branches were active.
This helps you to export different versions of your document easily.
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are also inverted branch insets,
whose content is output just in case the branch is
\emph on
not
\emph default
activated.
This make it easy to add alternative text for different versions of a document.
To control whether a particular inset is inverted,
right-click on the inset button and choose
\family sans
Invert
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Inset
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Branch Answer
inverted 1
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
No answer:
\series default
Because the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Answer
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
branch is deactivated.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
like inside equations,
you can code special \SpecialChar LaTeX
definitions for each branch.
For example you can define for the question branch
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
For an introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-syntax,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
and for the answer branch
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Branch Question
inverted 0
status open
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Branch Answer
inverted 0
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
question}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
newcommand{
\backslash
answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Now it is possible to use the
\series bold
\backslash
question{\SpecialChar ldots
}
\series default
and
\series bold
\backslash
answer{\SpecialChar ldots
}
\series default
commands to obtain conditional output.
Here is an example formula where only the
\series bold
\backslash
question
\series default
part appears:
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Formula
\[
x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
\]
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inside math,
the same effect can be achieved using math macros,
see the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout files (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands.).
For this advanced usage,
see the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual,
section
\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
\emph default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
خيارات PDF
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:PDF-Properties"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خيارات PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
PDF Properties
\family default
dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
All these options are provided by the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced part of the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The header information in the dialog tab
\family sans
General
\family default
is saved together with the PDF as file properties.
Many programs are able to extract this information,
for example,
automatically to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
This is very useful to sort,
classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
When the option
\family sans
Automatically
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
fill
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
header
\family default
is set,
\SpecialChar LyX
tries to extract the header information from your document title and author entries.
The option
\family sans
Load
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
fullscreen
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
mode
\family default
will open the PDF in fullscreen mode,
which is useful for presentations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can specify in the dialog tab
\family sans
Hyperlinks
\family default
how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences are created.
The
\family sans
Break
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
over
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
lines
\family default
option allows long links to be split;
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
frames
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
around
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\family default
and
\family sans
Color
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\family default
both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames;
\family sans
Color
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\family default
colors the different links.
The default colors are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\color magenta
magenta
\color inherit
للروابط والروابط التشعبية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\color red
red
\color inherit
للروابط
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\color green
green
\color inherit
للاستشهادات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
but you can change these in the field
\family sans
Additional options
\family default
.
For example,
in this document they were changed with the additional options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
linkcolor=black,
citecolor=black,
urlcolor=blue,
filecolor=blue
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the option
\family sans
Backreferences
\family default
is set,
the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different entries,
showing,
depending on the option selected,
the number of the section,
slide or page where the entry is referenced.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the dialog tab
\family sans
Bookmarks
\family default
you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections or not.
With the
\family sans
Open bookmarks
\family default
\family sans
Level
\family default
you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
For example level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2 will display all sections and subsections,
while level
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1 will only display the sections.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
PDF properties are also used in this document.
When you look in its document settings,
you can see that some additional
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
options are used.
For an explanation of all them we refer you to the hyperref manual
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "hyperref"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
كود تيك وتراكيب لتيك
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:TeX-Code-1"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
صندوق كود تيك
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
كود تيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As \SpecialChar LyX
uses \SpecialChar LaTeX
in the background,
it supports many \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands and constructs,
but not all.
\SpecialChar LaTeX
contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there is a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package for every problem,
though \SpecialChar LyX
cannot support all packages and their commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
But don't worry,
you can use any \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command directly in \SpecialChar LyX
inside the \SpecialChar TeX
Code box.
A \SpecialChar TeX
Code box is created by the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Code
\family default
or by the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
\lang english
).
The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on it and selecting
\family sans
Close Inset
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can insert complete or incomplete commands as \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard \SpecialChar LyX
text.
For example,
if you want to draw a frame around a word
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
The LyX way would be to use a framed box.
\end_layout
\end_inset
and are therefore using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command
\series bold
\backslash
fbox
\series default
,
you can write the command part
\series bold
\backslash
fbox{
\series default
in a \SpecialChar TeX
Code box before the word and the closing brace
\series bold
}
\series default
in a second \SpecialChar TeX
Code box behind the word.
The word between the two \SpecialChar TeX
Code boxes is then the argument as it is in the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ERT.png
scale 95
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
gives
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
هذا
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
fbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
إطار
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
كلمة.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
At the end of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands without parameters,
you have to insert a space to let \SpecialChar LaTeX
know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مدخل قصير لتراكيب لتيك
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تراكيب لتيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تركيب لتيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you write larger documents or books,
you will need to know something about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands that \SpecialChar LyX
uses in the background.
Because \SpecialChar LaTeX
is based on commands,
you can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
program
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
your text.
This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at any time if you know the right commands.
For example,
imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the end of the day.
Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have all caption labels bold.
But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels in your manual.
Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one day.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Now \SpecialChar LaTeX
comes into play.
As mentioned above,
for every problem there exists a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package.
First you have to find out which and therefore look in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package database,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Catalogue"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
As result you find that the package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
caption
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
is what you need.
To use a package,
you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preamble
\family default
) with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
usepackage[options]{package name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
All \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands begin with a backslash,
the command argument is set within two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In your case the package name is
\series bold
caption
\series default
.
After a look in the documentation of the package,
you know that the option
\series bold
labelfont=bf
\series default
will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
So you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
to the preamble and the problem is solved.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
For more commands provided by the
\series bold
caption
\series default
package,
have a look at its documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "caption"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems like your case.
For example if you use a
\family sans
KOMA-Script
\family default
class,
you don't need the package
\series bold
caption
\series default
,
you can instead write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
setkomafont{captionlabel}{
\backslash
bfseries}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
in the preamble and the problem is solved.
So if you plan to write a large document,
you should have a look at the documentation of the document class you want to use.
(
\series bold
\backslash
setkomafont
\series default
is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Commands in the preamble affect the whole document,
while commands in the text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command argument.
To insert a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command in text,
use the \SpecialChar TeX
Code box as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you want to learn more about \SpecialChar LaTeX
and its syntax,
have a look at the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-books
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
pagestyle{fancy}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Left Header
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
rightmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
defines the header line as described below
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Center Header
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Right Header
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
leftmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Left Footer
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
thepage
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Center Footer
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\series bold
\color red
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
's user guide
\end_layout
\end_inset
كود سحري:
\lang english
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Right Footer
\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
Roman{page}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
تخصيص رأس وتذييل الصفحات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
سطر رأس/تذييل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سطر رأس/تذييل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To define a custom page header and footer line for your document,
you need to set the
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
style
\family default
to
\family sans
Fancy
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog under
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
.
As a second step add in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Modules
\family default
the module
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\emph on
Custom Header/Footerlines
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
This module offers the following 6
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
environments:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
for the different positions in the header/footer.
These environments can be selected in the environment pull-down box.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Normally,
headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document.
But you can change them anywhere you want to.
Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "fig:Page-layout"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float figure
placement h
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رأس أيسر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رأس أوسط
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رأس أيمن
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The normal text on the page goes here.
The running header is above the text,
and the footer is below (including footnotes).
Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number,
title of the chapter,
company logo but you can use almost anything,
except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تذييل ايسر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تذييل أوسط
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تذييل أيمن
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
نسق الصفحة مع تخصيص الرأس والتذييل.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note
\series default
:
some document classes implement their own customized page headers and footers if
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
style
\family default
is set to “Default”.
Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers and footers.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
التعريف
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To define your header line,
add all three header environments.
The things you add to each environment appear on odd numbered pages,
the things in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
For single-sided documents,
the optional arguments will not be used and can be omitted.
If you leave a header environment or its argument empty,
nothing appears in the output.
Defining the footer line works similarly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For the definition,
you will need some \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands that are inserted as \SpecialChar TeX
code (menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Code
\family default
):
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
thepage طباعة رقم الصفحة الحالية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
Roman{page} طبعة رقم الصفحة الحالية على شكل أرقام رومانية كبيرة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\backslash
roman{page} طبعة رقم الصفحة الحالية على شكل أرقام رومانية صغيرة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\backslash
leftmark prints the current section number and title.
If the document has chapters,
it prints the current chapter number and title instead.
It is called
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
leftmark
\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
because it usually goes in a left header.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\backslash
rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
If the document has chapters,
it prints the current section number and title instead.
It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الرأس/التذييل الافتراضي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center footer has the page number.
In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer,
include the relevant header/footer style in your document,
but leave it blank.
So,
if you do not want a page number in the footer,
include a blank
\family sans
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\family default
style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
المظهر
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
Some pages are different.
The title page has a header/footer environment of its own,
and so does any page that starts a new part or chapter in your book.
Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers,
but that is normal.
There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
خط الزخرفة في الرأس والتذييل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By default,
you get a 0.4
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
\series bold
\backslash
headrulewidth
\series default
and
\series bold
\backslash
footrulewidth
\series default
in the following way:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
headrulewidth}{thickness}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
where thickness is a size in standard units like
\family sans
\emph on
pt
\family default
\emph default
or
\family sans
\emph on
mm
\family default
\emph default
.
If you don't want a line,
set the thickness to 0
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The lines can also be colored,
but this requires more knowledge of \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
If you really need this,
have a look at the Internet or in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
4.4 of the book
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Mittelbach"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
عدة أسطر في الرأس والتذييل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer,
you can do this by adding a ragged line break in the style definition.
However,
the default height of the header/footer is only the height of one text line.
To expand the height,
redefine the \SpecialChar LaTeX
length
\series bold
\backslash
headheight
\series default
or
\series bold
\backslash
footheight
\series default
with this entry in
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preamble
\family default
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
headheight}{height}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
where
\series bold
height
\series default
is a size in standard units (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\series bold
1cm
\series default
).
If you don't know how much space is needed for the height,
define your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
Then open the \SpecialChar LaTeX
logfile with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Log
\family default
and use the button
\family sans
Next
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Warning
\family default
to see if you can find a warning about the package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
If there is such a warning,
it contains the space that you need at least for your header/footer.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
هذا المثال
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
This example consists of the following definition:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header
\series bold
\backslash
rightmark
\series default
,
empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header empty,
empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Header empty,
\series bold
\backslash
leftmark
\series default
in the optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer empty,
\series bold
\backslash
thepage
\series default
in the optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Center
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\family sans
\series bold
\color red
\SpecialChar LyX
's user guide
\family default
\series default
\color inherit
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Magic code:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Footer
\series bold
\backslash
Roman{page}
\series default
,
empty optional argument
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
\backslash
headrulewidth set to 2
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers,
except floats.
For more specialized features,
for example,
thumb-indexes,
see the manual of the
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
package,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "fancyhdr"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
pagestyle{headings}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
switches back to page style with the default headings
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
استعراض مقتطفات من مستندك
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
استعراض مقتطف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
استعراض
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
المتطلبات الأساسية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To get previews working,
you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
preview-latex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
(on some systems named simply
\series bold
preview
\series default
) installed.
If it is not already installed,
you will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
-catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
literal "true"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
You obtain prettier results if you install the program
\family typewriter
pnmcrop
\family default
from the
\family typewriter
netpbm
\family default
package;
for \SpecialChar LyX
on Windows this program and also the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package are automatically installed together with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تفعيل الاستعراض
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you would for example like to see in \SpecialChar LyX
your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX
,
activate the option
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Graphics
\family default
in the
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
dialog under
\family sans
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
feel\SpecialChar menuseparator
Display
\family default
.
Then set
\family sans
Instant
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preview
\family default
to
\family sans
On
\family default
.
The
\family sans
Preview
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Size
\family default
is the multiplication factor for the size.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by \SpecialChar LaTeX
,
set
\family sans
Instant
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preview
\family default
to
\family sans
No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
math
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Previews are generated when you load a document into \SpecialChar LyX
and when you finish editing an inset.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately generated by activating the option
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Graphics
\family default
.
Reopening the document will fix such problems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحديد أجزاء المستند
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
for example things that \SpecialChar LyX
cannot render like rotated parts or things that are not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
To do this,
insert a preview inset via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preview
\family default
.
Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
If you click on the preview,
you can edit the previewed stuff.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
An example:
To create rotated boxes,
you use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
command
\series bold
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
which is not yet supported by \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
rotatebox
\series default
is explained in section
\emph on
Rotated and Scaled Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
Instead of the \SpecialChar TeX
Code boxes you want to see in \SpecialChar LyX
the final rotated boxes,
for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding text.
Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated boxes into it.
Here is the result:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Preview
\begin_layout Standard
هنا
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Box Doublebox
position "c"
hor_pos "c"
has_inner_box 0
inner_pos "c"
use_parbox 0
use_makebox 0
width "1in"
special "width"
height "1in"
height_special "totalheight"
thickness "0.4pt"
separation "3pt"
shadowsize "4pt"
framecolor "black"
backgroundcolor "none"
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مع تدوير
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
نص الإطار
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
والمعادلة.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Previewing works also for colors.
In this example a special framed,
colored box was created using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
command
\series bold
\backslash
fcolorbox
\series default
:
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
fcolorbox
\series default
is explained in section
\emph on
Colored Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Preview
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
fboxrule 1mm
\backslash
fboxsep 1mm
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
هذا نص بإطار ملون.
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If \SpecialChar LyX
does not show a preview,
make sure that you enabled previews as described above and also make sure that \SpecialChar TeX
Code in the preview inset is valid and that you loaded the \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages in your document preamble that are required by the \SpecialChar TeX
Code.
If \SpecialChar LyX
cannot create a preview,
you will in most cases also not be able to view your document due to \SpecialChar LaTeX
errors.
So if you have to use some \SpecialChar TeX
Code and don't know if it is correct,
the preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the whole document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
كود \SpecialChar LaTeX
المصدري
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can preview the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source of the whole document or parts of it.
Use the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Source
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Pane
\family default
and a window will be shown where you can see the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-source code.
The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor currently sits.
You can also select document parts in \SpecialChar LyX
's main window,
then only this selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
To view the whole document as source,
enable the corresponding option in the source view window.
If you check
\family sans
Automatic update
\family default
,
you can see the changes as you make them in \SpecialChar LyX
;
but note that if you have several documents open,
this will slow things down as \SpecialChar LyX
updates them all,
not just the one which is open at the time.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
البحث والاستبدال المتقدم
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
استبدال
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
بحث
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مقدمة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The advanced find and replace feature of \SpecialChar LyX
allows for searching of complex,
format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within \SpecialChar LyX
documents.
It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
The key-features are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed,
where the latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way;
not only entire mathematical formulas are found,
but also parts occurring within more complex formulas
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Search may be format-insensitive,
so that the searched text is found in any context/style (standard text,
section headings,
notes,
and even mathematics),
or it may be format-sensitive,
so that,
for example,
a word entered with a section heading will only be found within section headings
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Search may be restricted to mathematics environments only;
this is useful for remangling math notation where one does not want to match any text outside of mathematics environments
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Search may be widened to a specific
\emph on
scope
\emph default
,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
all the open files,
or all the manuals available from the
\family sans
Help
\family default
menu
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
Replace may optionally preserve capitalization,
so that the replaced text capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all lowercase,
all uppercase,
first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الاستخدام الأساسي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar menuseparator
Find & Replace
\noun on
(
\noun default
Advanced
\noun on
)
\family default
\noun default
(shortcut
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
\lang english
) or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
This opens the
\family sans
Advanced Find and Replace
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
البحث في النص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Enter into the
\family sans
Find
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
mini-editor a simple word,
and search for occurrences of it by clicking on the
\family sans
Find
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Next
\family default
button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
\lang english
key).
The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode,
and in emphasized,
bold or normal face,
and in both in section titles and in standard text.
Pressing
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
\lang english
repeatedly keeps searching forward while pressing
\family sans
Shift+Return
\family default
searches backwards.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Case
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sensitive
\family default
option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
The
\family sans
Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
words
\family default
option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
البحث في الرياضيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Mathematical formulas,
such as
\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
or something more complex like
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
,
may be searched for by typing them in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
When searching for a formula,
it is found both when it is alone and when it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
أسلوب البحث الواعي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
This is done by switching to the
\family sans
Settings
\family default
tab of the dialog and unchecking the
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
option.
This way,
entering in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring in emphasized or boldface.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective instances with the same face only,
and within the same text style only.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
a normal word in a section heading,
and searching for it,
would find occurrences of it only within section headings.
Also,
if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face,
in addition to a section style,
then it is found only when occurring with the same style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
الاستبدال
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The entries made in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor can be replaced with entries made in the
\family sans
Replace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
with
\family default
editor.
In order to find the next occurrence and replace it,
click on the
\family sans
Replace
\family default
button or alternatively press
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "paragraph-break"
\end_inset
\lang english
or
\family sans
Shift+Return
\family default
while the cursor is in the
\family sans
Replace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
with
\family default
editor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can replace with fully-featured formatted \SpecialChar LyX
entries.
Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention two):
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the same word,
for example replacing occurrences of a name like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
func()
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
with its typewriter version
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family typewriter
func()
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols,
for example replacing occurrences of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $R$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
with
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(you may want to enable the
\family sans
Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
words
\family default
and
\family sans
Case
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
sensitive
\family default
options and disable the
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
option in the
\family sans
Settings
\family default
tab,
in order to avoid replacing all
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
R
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
letters occurring in normal text),
or occurrences of
\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
\end_inset
with
\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\,j}$
\end_inset
,
or occurrences of
\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
\end_inset
with
\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الاستخدام المتقدم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
literal "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
This is done with the context menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Insert Regular Expression
\family default
while the cursor is in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor.
Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular expression matching rules
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed \SpecialChar LyX
segment,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
when matching \SpecialChar LaTeX
code,
no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed to match expressions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the same text in the document.
You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets.
Examples of using such a feature may be:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Searching for all fractions with a given denominator:
for example,
entering in the
\family sans
Find
\family default
editor the fraction
\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
(where the
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all fractions with the given denominator.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
\lang english
Searching for all text with a given style:
for example,
after unchecking the
\family sans
Ignore format
\family default
option from the
\family sans
Settings
\family default
tab,
entering a
\series bold
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
\series default
regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face,
finds all emphasized or bold face text respectively.
Also,
by inserting a
\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Finally,
references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
,
and referring back to them through
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
\end_inset
,
etc..
For example,
try searching with the regexp
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
\backslash
1[[:space:]]
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
in order to find word repetitions,
if there are any.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
and when occurring in multiple different regexps,
where the numbering of back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute.
That is,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset
always refers to the first occurrence of
\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
in all entered regexps.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المدقق الإملائي
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Spellchecking"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مدقق إملائي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
has a built-in spell checker.
The menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
,
the
\family sans
F7
\family default
key or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
\lang english
start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the beginning of the currently selected text.
A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
Whenever an unknown word is found,
the word is highlighted and the text scrolled so that it is visible.
In the spellchecker sidebar,
there is a box showing suggestions for a correction,
if any could be found.
Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
\family sans
Replacement
\family default
field,
double-clicking directly invokes the replacement.
Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By default,
the dictionary file used is determined by the document language that is set in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
dialog.
You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing a different one at the top of the dialog.
\SpecialChar LyX
can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Style
\family default
dialog (
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
\lang english
) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
All spell-checker dictionaries supported by \SpecialChar LyX
can be downloaded from here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
There are 2
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
files for each language.
To install a dictionary on Windows,
copy the 2
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
files into \SpecialChar LyX
's installation subfolder
\family sans
~
\backslash
Resources
\backslash
dicts
\family default
and restart \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language.
The number of these packages vary depending on the Linux distribution,
but in most cases these are
\family typewriter
aspell-xx
\family default
,
\family typewriter
hunspell-xx
\family default
,
\family typewriter
myspell-xx
\family default
,
etc.,
where
\family sans
xx
\family default
is the language code.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
المزيد من الإعدادات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Spellchecker
\family default
you can set the following things:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Spellchecker
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
engine Select the library \SpecialChar LyX
should use for spell checking.
Depending on your platform,
\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
or
\family typewriter
enchant
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family default
are available.
On Windows only
\family typewriter
hunspell
\family default
is available.
\SpecialChar LyX
on Mac
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
OS can also use Mac's own spellchecker and will use it by default.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Alternative
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
language If this field is not empty,
\SpecialChar LyX
will always use the given language for the spell checking,
no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Escape
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker should escape,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
German umlauts.
This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
compound
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
passthrough
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it.
Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
By right-clicking on an underlined word,
suggestions from the spellchecker appear in a context menu.
Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested word.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Spellcheck
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
notes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
comments If enabled,
the spelling of non-printed document content is checked as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المكانز
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مكنز
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Thesaurus"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
provides a multilingual thesaurus.
It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice,
OpenOffice and Firefox (namely the
\family sans
MyThes
\family default
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "https://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
thesaurus library,
which is included in \SpecialChar LyX
).
Therefore,
\SpecialChar LyX
is able to directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries,
which are available for many languages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for the use with \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إعداد المكانز
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
MyThes
\emph on
/
\emph default
OpenOffice
\family default
thesauri consist of two files per language:
A file with the suffix
\emph on
*.dat
\emph default
containing the data and an index file with the suffix
\emph on
*.idx
\emph default
.
The standardized file names include the language code for the given language (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
en_US
\family default
for US English).
For instance,
the US English files are named:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
th_en_EN_v2.idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
th_en_EN_v2.dat
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you have
\family sans
LibreOffice
\family default
or
\family sans
OpenOffice
\family default
and its thesaurus installed,
these files should be already on your system and you just need to point \SpecialChar LyX
(in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionaries
\family default
) to the path where they are installed.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
On Linux,
depending on your distribution and the way you installed the dictionaries,
typical locations are
\family typewriter
/usr/share/mythes/
\family default
,
\family typewriter
/usr/share/myspell/dicts/
\family default
,
\family typewriter
/usr/share/ooo/thesaurus/
\family default
,
\family typewriter
~/.config/libreoffice//user/
\family default
or alike.
On Windows,
dictionaries are to be found at
\family typewriter
~
\backslash
Program Files
\backslash
LibreOffice-
\backslash
share
\backslash
extensions
\family default
or similar.
On the Mac,
the default location is
\family typewriter
/Users\SpecialChar breakableslash
\SpecialChar breakableslash
Library\SpecialChar breakableslash
Application Support\SpecialChar breakableslash
libreoffice\SpecialChar breakableslash
\SpecialChar breakableslash
user
\family default
/.
\end_layout
\end_inset
On Windows,
you can alternatively also select dictionaries for installation during the \SpecialChar LyX
installation process,
which will then be installed in the correct place right away.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you want to install new\SpecialChar breakableslash
further thesaurus dictionaries,
you can downloaded them from here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To install a new dictionary,
download the two files for this dictionary into the thesaurus path (which is set in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionaries
\family default
) and restart \SpecialChar LyX
.
If this path is not defined yet,
you can use a dictionary of your choice and point \SpecialChar LyX
there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Alternatively,
you can also install new dictionaries via
\family sans
LibreOffice\SpecialChar breakableslash
OpenOffice
\family default
or,
on Linux,
via your package manager (look for
\emph on
mythes-*
\emph default
or
\emph on
libreoffice-thesaurus-*
\emph default
packages).
If you do this,
make sure that \SpecialChar LyX
is able to find the installed dictionaries,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
that
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Paths\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionaries
\family default
points to the path where you installed these dictionaries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
استخدام المكنز
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To start the thesaurus,
use the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Thesaurus
\family default
or the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
\lang english
while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is selected.
A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as a replacement.
The suggestions are grouped into categories.
Note that,
for some languages (such as English),
the thesaurus does not only show equivalent words (synonyms),
but also generic terms (such as
\emph on
organism
\emph default
for
\emph on
plant
\emph default
),
related terms (such as
\emph on
political
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
theory
\emph default
for
\emph on
anarchistic
\emph default
),
compounds (such as
\emph on
tree
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
diagram
\emph default
,
if you look for
\emph on
tree
\emph default
) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
\emph on
girl
\emph default
for
\emph on
boy
\emph default
).
Generic terms,
related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor,
but you can also switch it in the dialog,
as you can enter new words to look up directly there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in the dictionary,
such as the above
\emph on
tree diagram
\emph default
),
and you have to use the so called lemma form,
i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages:
first person singular indicative active for nouns,
infinitive for verbs).
For example,
looking up the word form
\emph on
reporting
\emph default
yields no results,
while results are shown for the word form
\emph on
report
\emph default
.
Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant part of such a word (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\emph on
report
\emph default
in
\emph on
report
\emph default
s);
then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in the dialog,
and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted part will be replaced;
thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
سجل التعديلات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سجل التعديلات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
سجل التعديلات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Change-Tracking"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
\bar under
\color blue
underlined text
\bar default
\color inherit
is an addition,
\strikeout on
\color blue
canceled text
\strikeout default
\color inherit
is a deletion.
The color depends on the author that made the change.
You can change the color in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Look
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
feel
\family default
\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family sans
Colors
\family default
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لون !
سجل التعديلات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
The author and the date of the change are shown in \SpecialChar LyX
's status bar when the cursor is in changed text.
The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When change tracking is activated,
you will see the review toolbar in \SpecialChar LyX
\lang arabic_arabi
:
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شريط أدوات !
مراجعة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
scale 90
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-track"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Track
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-output"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "change-next"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
Jumps to the next change
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "change-accept"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "change-reject"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "changes-merge"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Merge
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "all-changes-accept"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Accept
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
All
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "all-changes-reject"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Tracking\SpecialChar menuseparator
Reject
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
All
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Insert\SpecialChar menuseparator
Note\SpecialChar menuseparator
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "note-next"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Next
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Not all changes are (yet) visualized,
especially no format changes like from
\emph on
normal
\emph default
to
\emph on
bold
\emph default
font or
\emph on
Standard
\emph default
to
\emph on
Description
\emph default
paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The review toolbar helps you to accept,
reject,
or merge changes – highlight the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
When you merge changes,
a window pops up showing you information about the next change after the current cursor position.
So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and step to the next change.
This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important to describe a change.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To show the changes made in the output you need the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
dvipost
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
installed.
You will find it in the \SpecialChar TeX
Catalogue,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "TeXCatalogue"
literal "true"
\end_inset
or in the package manager of your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
مقارنة المستندات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مقارنة المستندات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can compare two different \SpecialChar LyX
files via the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Compare
\family default
.
The comparison result is a \SpecialChar LyX
file with change tracking enabled showing the differences.
In the comparison dialog you can select from which document \SpecialChar LyX
should take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
\family sans
Copy
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Settings
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
from
\family default
.
The option
\family sans
Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
change
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
tracking
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
features
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
the
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
output
\family default
enables the change tracking option
\family sans
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Changes
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\family default
to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الدعم الدولي للغات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
دعم دولي للغات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This section describes how to use \SpecialChar LyX
with any language you want.
For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set up \SpecialChar LyX
to use them:
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic,Armenian,Cyrillic,Farsi,Hebrew,Japanese"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Besides languages,
\SpecialChar LyX
also supports phonetic symbols,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Special-Character"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
خيارات اللغة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لغة !
خيارات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
لغة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog lets you set
\family roman
the language,
the quote style and character encoding
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Under
\family sans
Encoding
\family default
you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for \SpecialChar LaTeX
export.
The option
\family sans
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Default
\family default
is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
For details about the different encoding options see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Language-encodings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ضبط خريطة لوحة المفاتيح
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Keyboard-mapping"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you have for example a U.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English,
you can use an alternate keymap.
For example,
if you want to write in Italian,
you can configure \SpecialChar LyX
to use an Italian keymap.
The
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Editing\SpecialChar menuseparator
Keyboard/Mouse
\family default
dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select which one you want to use.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Finally,
you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely different keymap (for Vulcan,
for instance).
You may,
for example,
normally write in Italian on a U.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
In such a case,
you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing one to support the characters you want.
This and many other customizations are explained in the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
\start_of_appendix
واجهة المستخدم
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special topic inside the user's guide.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة ملف
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
ملف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Under the
\family sans
File
\family default
menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
جديد
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Creates a new document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
جديد من قالب
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for the document,
features you would otherwise need to change manually.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فتح
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens a document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
آخر ملفات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
Click there on a file to open it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إغلاق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Closes the current document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إغلاق الكل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Closes all opened documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
حفظ
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Saves the actual document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
حفظ باسم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
حفظ الكل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Saves all opened documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عودة للمحفوظ
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Reloads the actual document from disk.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحكم الإصدار
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
It is described in the section
\emph on
Version Control in \SpecialChar LyX
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
استيراد
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can import files from older \SpecialChar LyX
versions,
HTML files,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
files,
NoWeb files,
plain text files and comma separated,
table-like text files (CSV).
The files will be imported as a new \SpecialChar LyX
document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
When using the menu entry
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
,
line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph;
when using the menu entry
\family sans
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Text,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Lines
\family default
,
consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تصدير
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Export"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can export your document to various file formats.
The resulting files are placed in the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
They depend on the programs found by \SpecialChar LyX
during its configuration.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here is a list of all available entries;
some of them are explained in detail in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
CJK
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LyX format of the special \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1.4.x versions for Chinese,
Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Since \SpecialChar LyX
1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup language
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
DocBook
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup language
\family typewriter
DocBook
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
DraftDVI \SpecialChar LaTeX
's native DVI-format.
This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in files paths or file names in your document.
\SpecialChar LyX
use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces in files paths or file names
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(Lua
\family sans
TeX
\family default
) DVI-format using the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
;
supports Unicode and the usage of non-\SpecialChar TeX
fonts;
\series bold
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
EPS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(cropped) the same as
\family sans
PostScript
\family default
but with cropped page margins.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Graphviz
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Dot text file with code in the programming language
\family typewriter
Dot
\family default
which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
\family typewriter
Graphviz
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
HTML HTML-format;
\series bold
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
the exported file will be stored in a subdirectory.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
HTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(MS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
\family sans
MS Word
\family default
;
as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not in the format
\family sans
MathML
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(
\family default
Lua
\family sans
TeX)
\family default
text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source that is compilable with the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source,
additionally all images used in the document will be converted to a format that is readable by the
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
program (GIF,
JPG,
PDF,
PNG)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(plain)
\family default
text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source code,
additionally all images used in the document will be converted to the EPS-format,
only this format is readable by the
\family typewriter
latex
\family default
program
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(
\family default
Xe
\family sans
TeX)
\family default
text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source that is compilable with the program
\family typewriter
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
LilyPond
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
book
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(La
\family sans
TeX
\family default
) text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source and also code in the syntax of the music notation software
\family typewriter
LilyPond
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
z.y.x \SpecialChar LyX
-Document in a format readable by the \SpecialChar LyX
versions z.y.x (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
"\SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.1.x";
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
z
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
y
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
represent the version number)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Archive
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary to compile it (images,
child documents,
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
files,
etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
LyXHTML HTML-format using \SpecialChar LyX
's internal XHTML engine
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
MS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Word
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Office
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
XML Office Open XML file,
to be opened with
\family sans
Microsoft Word
\family default
.
For the conversion the program
\family typewriter
Pandoc
\family default
is used.
\family typewriter
Pandoc
\family default
is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
\family typewriter
NoWeb
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
OpenDocument
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(Pandoc) OpenDocument file,
to be opened with
\family sans
LibreOffice,
OpenOffice,
KOffice,
Abiword
\family default
,
etc..
For the conversion the program
\family typewriter
Pandoc
\family default
is used.
\family typewriter
Pandoc
\family default
is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
OpenDocument
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(tex4ht) OpenDocument file.
For the conversion the program
\family typewriter
tex4ht
\family default
is used.
\family typewriter
tex4ht
\family default
is a third-party product and may not work in all cases.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(cropped) the same as
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
but with cropped page margins
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(dvipdfm)
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
\family default
,
produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(lower
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
resolution)
\family default
the same as
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
but with a reduced pixel resolution of 150
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
dpi (e.g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
useful for e-books to be read on tablet PCs or for large documents as intermediate preview)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX)
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
,
produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
\family default
,
produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ps2pdf)
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
\family default
,
produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XeTeX)
\family default
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
,
produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
text format
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ps2ascii)
\family default
text format,
the document will first be converted to Postscript format and then exported as text using the program
\family sans
ps2ascii
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\family sans
\lang english
Postscript
\family default
PostScript format using the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
;
for possible
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
options see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:General-output"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Sweave text file with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
source and also code in the statistical programming language
\family typewriter
R
\family default
.
Using the
\family typewriter
R
\family default
-function
\family typewriter
Sweave
\family default
it is possible to use
\family typewriter
R
\family default
-commands in \SpecialChar LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If one of the menu entries
\family sans
DVI
\family default
,
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
or
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
is missing,
you need to update your \SpecialChar LaTeX
installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
,
see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعادة ضبط ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فاكس
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on Windows you additionally need to register its program path to \SpecialChar LyX
's PATH prefix,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
\family typewriter
hylapex
\family default
or
\family typewriter
kdeprintfax
\family default
.
The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
The format can be changed in \SpecialChar LyX
's preferences as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Converters"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نافذة جديد وإغلاق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens or closes a new instance of \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
خروج
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة تحرير
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
تحرير
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تراجع وتكرار
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
قص،
نسخ،
لصق،
آخر لصق،
لصق خاص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحديد كل المدرجات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is.
If the cursor is outside an inset,
the whole document will be selected.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحديد الكل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Selects the whole document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
بحث & استبدال (سريع)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
بحث & استبدال (متقدم)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نقل الفقرة للأعلى/الأسفل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph up or down.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
أسلوب النص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إعدادات الفقرة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فقرة !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Enables you to set the paragraph alignment,
line spacing and label width.
These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
\family sans
Indentation
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الجدول و الصفوف & الأعمدة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
These menus only appear if the cursor is inside a table.
It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells,
add or remove borders of a cell and to set the alignment of the cell.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ظهور عند الإدراج
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu only appears if the cursor is inside an inset.
It will dissolve this inset.
This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal text.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إعدادات أو رياضيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu is only active if the cursor is inside an inset or a formula.
Here you can change the properties of the inset or the formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
زيادة/إنقاص عمق القائمة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
These menus are only active if the cursor is in an environment that can be nested.
They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nesting"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة عرض
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
عرض
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
At the bottom of the
\family sans
View
\family default
menu the opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فتح/إغلاق كل المدرجات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens/closes all insets in your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
طي/عدم طي ماكرو الرياضيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Math macros are described in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نافذة الخلاصة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Shows the outline window as described in sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Navigating"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Table-of-Contents"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نافذة الكود المصدري
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document,
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
نافذة الرسائل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens a window showing console messages.
This is useful for debugging \SpecialChar LyX
(i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
e.,
hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background while \SpecialChar LaTeX
is processing the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
أشرطة الأدوات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Toolbars"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شريط أدوات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In this menu entry you can set the icon size and the appearance of the different toolbars.
All toolbars and the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Buffer
\family default
can be turned on and off.
The
\emph on
on
\emph default
state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
The
\family sans
Table
\family default
,
\family sans
Math,
\family default
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Macros,
\family default
\family sans
Review
\family default
and
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Panels
\family default
toolbars can additionally be set to the state
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
,
denoted in the menu with the suffix
\family sans
(auto)
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In the
\emph on
on
\emph default
state the toolbar is permanently shown;
in the
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment or when a certain feature is enabled.
That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking is activated,
the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor is inside a formula or table respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Toolbars"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تقسيم العرض
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Split
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
View
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
into
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Left
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Half
\family default
will split \SpecialChar LyX
's main window vertically while
\family sans
Split
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
View
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
into
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Upper
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Lower
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Half
\family default
will split it horizontally.
This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them,
or to view the same document,
but at different positions.
You can even split the main window several times to view,
for example,
three or more documents at the same time.
To close a split view,
use the menu
\family sans
Close
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Current
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
View
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إغلاق العرض الحالي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Closes a split view.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
كامل الشاشة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so that you will see nothing but your text.
It furthermore displays \SpecialChar LyX
's main window fullscreen.
To return from fullscreen to the normal view,
press F11,
or right-click and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة إدراج
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
إدراج
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
رياضيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
محارف خاصة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Special-Character"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can insert the following characters:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Symbols Opens the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your \SpecialChar LaTeX
system.
By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories;
the available characters depend on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages you have installed.
You can get a complete display by checking
\family sans
Display
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
all
\family default
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Not all characters will be visible in the
\family sans
Symbols
\family default
dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences dialog (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) can display every character.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis:
\SpecialChar ldots
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
End
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Abbreviations"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Ordinary
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Quote Inserts this quote:
",
no matter what quote style you selected in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Single
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language
\family default
dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks:
\SpecialChar nobreakdash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Breakable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur:
\SpecialChar breakableslash
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Visible
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a character representing a single space (the one you get when pressing the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key):
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Menu
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Separator Inserts the menu separator sign:
\SpecialChar menuseparator
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Phonetic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Symbols
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
رموز صوتية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لغة !
رموز صوتية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these symbols.
To use this feature you must have the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
tipa
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
tipa
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
installed.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
More information about this feature can be found in the
\emph on
Linguistics
\emph default
manual (
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
Specific Manuals
\family default
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Logos Inserts the logos of the programs \SpecialChar LyX
,
\SpecialChar TeX
,
\SpecialChar LaTeX
and \SpecialChar LaTeX2e
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
التهيئة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens a submenu with the following options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Superscript Inserts a superscript:
test
\begin_inset script superscript
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
a,
b
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Subscript Inserts a subscript:
test
\begin_inset script subscript
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
3x
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a protected space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Protected-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Inter-word-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a thin space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Thin-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Visible
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts a character to visualize that there is or should be a space.
This is e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
useful if you need to indicate a space in a command sequence.
An example from the \SpecialChar LyX
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual:
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
To insert a fraction use the command
\series bold
\backslash
frac
\begin_inset space \textvisiblespace{}
\end_inset
A
\begin_inset Formula $\downarrow$
\end_inset
B.
\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
The visible space is hereby the character before the
\series bold
A
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Horizontal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Horizontal-Lines"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Vertical
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Space Inserts vertical space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Vertical-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Phantom-Space"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Hyphenation
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyphenation"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Ligature
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Ligatures"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Optional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a line break point (zero-width space character) that is invisible in the output.
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Dashes-and-line-breaks"
plural "false"
caps "false"
noprefix "false"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for a usage example.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Justified
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Line-Breaks"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Page
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page,
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Forced-Page-Breaks"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Double
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Clear-Page-Breaks"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
قائمة/جدول المحتويات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
The
\family sans
Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of Contents
\family default
,
the
\family sans
List of Algorithms
\family default
,
\family sans
List of Figures,
\family default
\family sans
List of Tables
\family default
and
\family sans
List of Listings
\family default
are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:toc"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
The
\family sans
Index List
\family default
is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
the
\family sans
Nomenclature
\family default
is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and the
\family sans
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
Bibliography
\family default
is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
التعويم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To insert floats,
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and in detail the chapter
\emph on
Floats
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ملاحظة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To insert notes,
described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Notes"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فرع
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a branch inset,
if any,
and allowing you to create and insert a new branch.
Branches are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Branches"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إدراجات مخصصة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts document class-specific insets.
Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain document class.
An example is the document class
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
article (Elsevier)
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
with three custom insets.
The section
\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
\emph default
in
\emph on
Installing New Document Classes,
The Layout file format
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual explains how custom insets are defined.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ملف
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مواد خارجية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files in your document.
For more information see chapter
\emph on
External Document Parts
\emph default
of the Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
صندوق
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
صناديق
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a box in a certain style.
Boxes are described in detail in the chapter
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
استشهاد
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens the
\family sans
Citation
\family default
dialog as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إشارة مرجعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a
\family sans
cross-reference
\family default
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ملصق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a
\family sans
label
\family default
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تعليق
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تعليقات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
جداول !
صفحات متعددة !
تعليق
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a caption in a float or multi-page table.
Floats are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Floats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
;
captions in multi-page tables are described in the section
\emph on
Multi-page Captions
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مدخل فهرس
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts an index entry as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مدخل مصطلح
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Nomenclature"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
جدول
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table.
Tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Tables"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and in detail in the chapter
\emph on
Tables
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
صور
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens the
\family sans
Graphics
\family default
dialog.
Graphics are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Graphics"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
رابط
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a URL as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:URLs"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
رابط تشعبي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Hyperlinks"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تذييل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a footnote as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Footnotes"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
ملاحظة هامشية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a marginal note as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فاصل <اسم> (أعلى/أسفل)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
These menu items are only visible if it is possible to have two consecutive environments of the same type.
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Separate-Nestings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for an explanation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عنوان قصير
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Is only visible if the cursor is in front,
in or behind a section heading,
title or caption of a float.
Inserts a short title as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Short-Titles"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
كود لتيكس \SpecialChar TeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a \SpecialChar TeX
Code box as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:TeX-Code-Boxes"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
كود برمجي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
كود برمجي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a program listings box.
Program listings are explained in the chapter
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
التاريخ
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts the actual date.
The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for \SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
استعراض
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Inserts a preview inset as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة استكشاف
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
استكشاف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu lists the existing chapters,
sections,
figures,
tables,
etc.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of the current document.
This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
العلامات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have to jump,
for example,
between section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.5 and 6.3.
To create bookmarks for this example,
go to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
2.5 and use the submenu
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bookmark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1
\family default
.
Then go to section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
6.3 and use
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bookmark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family default
2.
Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by the key bindings
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "bookmark-goto 1"
\end_inset
\lang english
and
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "bookmark-goto 2"
\end_inset
\lang english
.You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
The submenu
\family sans
Clear
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bookmarks
\family default
allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu
\family sans
Navigate
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Back
\family default
jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الملاحظة التالية,
التغيير,
الإشارة المرجعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Jump to the next note,
change,
or cross-reference after the current cursor position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الذهاب لملصق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
(It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
\family sans
Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
to
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Label)
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
البحث التالي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output,
see section
\emph on
The \SpecialChar LyX
Server\SpecialChar menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
search
\emph default
in the
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Features
\emph default
manual for a detailed description.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة مستند
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
مستند
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تتبع المسار
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Change Tracking is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
سجل أحداث لتيكس
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
After running \SpecialChar LaTeX
by viewing or exporting a document,
this menu will be enabled.
It shows the logfile of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-program used.
You can go to the next error or the next warning,
search,
copy something to the clipboard or update the view.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
With the help of the logfile,
experts can find reasons for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the button
\family sans
Open Containing Directory
\family default
one can open \SpecialChar LyX
's temporary folder for the document.
This folder contains all converted and created files to generate the output.
Some of these files might be of interest for experts to solve problems or for writers who need to supply intermediate files.
For example some journals require to send the
\family sans
*.bbl
\family default
file (a text file with the used Bib\SpecialChar TeX
references).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
بدء الملحق هنا
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Appendices"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عرض
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
[<هيئة الخرج هنا>]
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as default output format for the document (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) or in the \SpecialChar LyX
preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Viewer
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX
when it is first configured.
The default output format is
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pdflatex)
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عرض (هيئات أخرى)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual document with an external program.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations —
it depends on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
programs that are found when \SpecialChar LyX
was configured.
All possible formats are listed in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
You should at least see the menu entry
\family sans
DVI
\family default
.
If it is missing,
you need to update or repair your \SpecialChar LaTeX
installation.
After updating you have to reconfigure \SpecialChar LyX
(see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعادة ضبط ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program.
The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Viewer
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
The default viewers are set by \SpecialChar LyX
when it is first configured.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحديث
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
[<هيئة الخرج>]
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحديث (هيئات أخرى)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of your document without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عرض المستند الرئيسي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
which is then its
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
master
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(see section
\emph on
Child Documents
\emph default
in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
That is,
if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a book,
\family sans
View
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Master
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Document
\family default
generates the output of the whole book,
while
\family sans
View
\family default
will just output the chapter alone.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) or in the preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحديث المستند الرئيسي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
which is then its
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
master
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
(see section
\emph on
Child Documents
\emph default
in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified in the document settings (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Doc-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) or in the preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formats\SpecialChar menuseparator
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format
\family default
;
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الضغط
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Compressed"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Un/compresses the current document.
For documents under version control it is strongly recommended to disable compression (see the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual for details).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تعطيل التحرير
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Toggles the read-only state for the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الإعدادات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The document settings are described in appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة الأدوات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
أدوات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مدقق إملائي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
المدقق الإملائي مشروح في القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مكنز
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
المكنز مشروح في القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Thesaurus"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إحصاءات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عد الكلمات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عد الحروف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
فحص تيك
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فحص تيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Generates with the help of the program
\family typewriter
Chk\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
a log of possible \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors and displays it in a dialog.
This feature is not available on Windows.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
معلومات تيك
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
معلومات تيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
-system.
Use the option
\family sans
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
path
\family default
to see the full filename paths.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
مقارنة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مقارنة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens a dialog to compare \SpecialChar LyX
files as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
إعادة الضبط
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ليك !
إعادة ضبط|أنظر
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
{
\end_layout
\end_inset
Reconfiguration of \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعادة ضبط ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Reconfigures \SpecialChar LyX
;
that is,
\SpecialChar LyX
looks for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages and programs it needs;
see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
التفضيلات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Opens the
\family sans
Preferences
\family default
dialog as described in detail in appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
قائمة المساعدة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة !
مساعدة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This menu lists the documentation files of \SpecialChar LyX
in the language of \SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
If a file is not available in this language,
the English version will be listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The menu
\family sans
LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Configuration
\family default
shows a \SpecialChar LyX
document with information about the \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages and classes found by \SpecialChar LyX
(see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The menu
\family sans
About
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
LyX
\family default
gives information about the copyright,
the credits and the \SpecialChar LyX
version you are using.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
أشرطة الأدوات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Toolbars"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Toolbars"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
This is described in the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الشريط الأساسي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شريط أدوات !
أساسي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/StandardToolbar.png
width 100col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
شريط الأدوات الأساسي الذي يظهر في أعلى النافذة يحتوي على مجموعة من الوظائف،
هي من اليمين لليسار:
\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
setlength{
\backslash
LTleft}{0pt}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
See the
\emph on
Embedded Objects
\emph default
manual for more information.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
clip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة منسدلة بالبيئات التنسيقية المتوفرة في نوع المستند
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace -10mm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align left
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-new"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator
جديد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "file-open"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator
فتح
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-write"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator
حفظ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator
المصحح الإملائي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "spelling-continuously"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
المصحح الإملائي المستمر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "undo"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
تراجع
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "redo"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
تكرار
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "cut"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
قص
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "copy"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
نسخ
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "paste"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
لصق
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show findreplace"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
بحث
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
استبدال
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
(سريع)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
بحث
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
&
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
استبدال
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
(متقدم)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
استكشاف\SpecialChar menuseparator
العلامات\SpecialChar menuseparator
استكشاف للخلف
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تأكيد النص،
دوال التحرير
\family sans
\SpecialChar menuseparator
النص
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
أسلوب\SpecialChar menuseparator
نافذة التخصيص
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تعيين النص كاسم،
دوال التحرير
\family sans
\SpecialChar menuseparator
النص
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
أسلوب\SpecialChar menuseparator
نافذة التخصيص
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تهيئة النص حسب إعدادات التحرير الحالية
\family sans
\SpecialChar menuseparator
النص
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
أسلوب\SpecialChar menuseparator
\family default
نافذة التخصيص
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-mode"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
رياضيات\SpecialChar menuseparator
داخلية
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
معادلة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
صورة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
جدول
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-toggle toc"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فتح وغلق نافذة الخلاصة،
\family sans
عرض\SpecialChar menuseparator
الخلاصة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "toolbar-toggle math"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فتح وغلق شريط الرياضيات
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "toolbar-toggle table"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
فتح وغلق شريط الجدول
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الشريط الإضافي
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شريط أدوات !
إضافي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
width 100col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
شريط الأدوات الإضافي الذي يظهر فوق النص مباشرة يحتوي على مجموعة من الوظائف،
هي من اليمين لليسار:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
افتراضي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-toggle Enumerate"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم عددي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-toggle Itemize"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ترقيم نقطي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-toggle List"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-toggle Description"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
قائمة وصف
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
زيادة
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
عمق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
القائمة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
إنقاص
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
عمق
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
القائمة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
تعويم\SpecialChar menuseparator
رسم توضيحي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
تعويم\SpecialChar menuseparator
جدول
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
ملصق
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
إشارة مرجعية
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
استشهاد
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
مدخل
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
فهرس
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
مدخل
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
مصطلح
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
تذييل
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "marginalnote-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
ملاحظة
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
هامشية
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
ملاحظة\SpecialChar menuseparator
ملاحظة
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "box-insert Frameless"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
صندوق
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
رابط تشعبي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
كود
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
تيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
رياضيات\SpecialChar menuseparator
ماكرو
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
إدراج\SpecialChar menuseparator
ملف\SpecialChar menuseparator
مستند
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
فرعي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
أسلوب
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
النص\SpecialChar menuseparator
اختيار
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
تحرير\SpecialChar menuseparator
إعدادات
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
الفقرة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
أدوات\SpecialChar menuseparator
مكنز
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عرض/تحديث شريط الأدوات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شريط أدوات !
عرض / تحديث
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Graphics
filename ../clipart/ViewToolbar.png
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following buttons:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
View
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-update"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "master-buffer-view"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Master
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Document
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "master-buffer-update"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Master
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Document
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Output\SpecialChar menuseparator
Synchronize with Output
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "view-others"
\end_inset
\family sans
*
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
View (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "update-others"
\end_inset
*
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
\lang english
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Update (Other Formats)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
* These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default icon set.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
أشرطة الأدوات الأخرى
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
the table toolbar
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شريط أدوات !
جدول
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
in the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual and the math macro toolbar
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
شريط أدوات !
ماكرو
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
إعدادات المستند
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مستند !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Setting
\family default
s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and is called with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
You can save your document settings as default with the
\family sans
Save as Document Defaults
\family default
button in any dialog.
This will create a template named
\family typewriter
defaults.lyx
\family default
which is automatically loaded by \SpecialChar LyX
when you create a new document without using a template.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The button
\family sans
Use Class Defaults
\family default
resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
This affects mostly class options,
the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
There are so many document settings available that it might take a while to find the one you are looking for.
To find a setting quicker,
you can use the search field which is above the submenus of the dialog.
If you search e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
page
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
you will see that some submenus will be grayed-out and disabled.
Only the submenus with page settings stay enabled.
The found page settings are labeled red in these submenus.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
نوع المستند
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you set the document class,
class options,
a graphics driver,
and a master document.
Document classes are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Document-Classes"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the button
\family sans
Local
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
you can load you own layout-file,
that is not in \SpecialChar LyX
's
\emph on
layouts
\emph default
folder and thus not recognized by \SpecialChar LyX
as a layout for a document class.
For more about layout-files,
see the chapter
\emph on
Installing New Document Classes,
Types of Layout Files
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
Handbook.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Some classes use special class options by default.
If this is the case,
they are listed in the field
\family sans
Predefined
\family default
and you can decide to use them or not.
If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for,
it is recommended you leave them untouched.
The
\family sans
Graphics driver
\family default
is used for \SpecialChar LaTeX
's graphics,
color and page layout packages.
If using
\family sans
Default
\family default
,
the default driver for the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages is used.
It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are doing.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
When you want to use one of the following drivers
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\family sans
dvi2ps,
dvialw,
dvilaser,
dvitops,
psprint,
pubps,
ln
\family default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
you first have to activate them in your \SpecialChar LaTeX
distribution,
see section
\emph on
Driver support
\emph default
in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Specifying a
\family sans
Master
\family default
document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument.
The master document will be used by \SpecialChar LyX
in the background if the child document is opened without its master.
This way child documents are always compilable.
More about master and child documents is explained in the section
\emph on
Child Documents
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
instead of
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
for cross-references,
see section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المستندات الفرعية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
Please refer to the section
\emph on
Child
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Documents
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual for details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
النماذج
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Modules are explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Modules"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
النسق المحلي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Local-Layout"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for a description.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الخطوط
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The document font settings are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
نسق النص
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by
\family sans
Indentation
\family default
or by
\family sans
Vertical space
\family default
.
The
\family sans
Line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
spacing
\family default
and whether it should be a
\family sans
Two-column
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
document
\family default
can also be specified here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note that \SpecialChar LyX
will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on screen.
That would be impractical,
often unreadable,
and is not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
However,
it will be as you specified in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the option
\family sans
Use justification in \SpecialChar LyX
work area
\family default
you can decide if \SpecialChar LyX
justifies the text on screen.
This only affects the text inside \SpecialChar LyX
not in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
نسق الصفحة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
This dialog is described in sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Layout"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
هوامش الصفحة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Margins"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
اللغة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Language-encodings"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لغة !
ترميز
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The document language and quote styles are set here.
The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to \SpecialChar LaTeX
(the \SpecialChar LyX
file is always encoded in utf8).
All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will be exported as \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands (this can fail if a \SpecialChar LaTeX
-command is not known for a particular character).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you use the option
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
,
\SpecialChar LyX
determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more than one encoding in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
file.
If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use exactly one encoding.
Checking this option is the preferred setting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\SpecialChar LyX
also supports Unicode output,
which is particularly useful if you need lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts,
respectively.
If you want to use this (and your \SpecialChar LaTeX
installation supports Unicode),
choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
is quite incomplete,
so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine with
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
(when \SpecialChar LyX
uses its list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands),
but does not work with a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands is not used,
because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
The situation is much better with Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
,
two new alternative engines to standard \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
Both engines support Unicode natively.
\SpecialChar LyX
now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(XeTeX)
\family default
,
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX)
\family default
and
\family sans
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(LuaTeX)
\family default
,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Output-file-formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
So if you are using many special or accented characters and
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
fails,
you might try out one of these new engines.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
package
\family default
determines the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation of strings like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Part
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The possible settings are:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Default uses the language package that is selected in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
Language Settings
\family default
(see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Prefs-Language"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export format you will use.
In many cases this will be
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
babel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
If the newer package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
is more appropriate (is the case when using Xe\SpecialChar TeX
or Lua\SpecialChar TeX
and non-\SpecialChar TeX
fonts),
this package will be used instead of
\series bold
babel
\series default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Always
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Babel uses
\series bold
babel
\series default
even if
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
would be more appropriate.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
\series bold
ngerman
\series default
(for German texts),
type in
\series bold
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\backslash
usepackage{ngerman}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
None will not use a language package.
This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here is a list with the important encodings:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(no
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
inputenc) Same as
\family sans
Language Default
\family default
,
but the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
is not used.
When using this,
you probably need to load some additional packages manually in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign languages in \SpecialChar TeX
code.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
ASCII the ASCII encoding,
covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
\SpecialChar LyX
converts all other characters into \SpecialChar LaTeX
commands,
which may result in a big file when lots of \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands are needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Arabic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Arabic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Armenian
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ArmSCII8) for Armenian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Baltic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian,
Latvian and Lithuanian,
the same as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Baltic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-13) for Estonian,
Latvian and Lithuanian,
a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Baltic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian,
Latvian and Lithuanian,
a subset of the ISO-8859-13 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Central
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-2 (latin2)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Central
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian,
Croatian,
Czech,
German,
Hungarian,
Polish,
Romanian,
Slovak and Slovenian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Chinese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(simplified)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese,
used especially on UNIX OSes,
since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030,
as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
you should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(utf8)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Chinese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(simplified)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(GBK) for simplified Chinese,
is the same as the Windows code page CP 936 except for the Euro currency sign,
since 2001 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030,
as GB18030 is not available for \SpecialChar LaTeX
you should try to use the encoding Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(utf8)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Chinese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(traditional)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-5) covers Belorussian,
Bulgarian,
Macedonian,
Serbian and Ukrainian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Cyrillic
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(pt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Greek
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-7) for Greek
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Hebrew
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew,
a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Hebrew
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-8) for Hebrew
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese,
uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
CJK
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\lang english
when using this,
set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese (CJK)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese,
uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
CJK
\series default
,
when using this,
set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CJK)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(non-CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese,
uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
japanese
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
japanese
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\lang english
when using this,
set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(non-CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese,
uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
,
when using this,
set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Japanese
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(non-CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese,
uses the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
japanese
\series default
,
when using this,
set the document language to
\family sans
Japanese
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Korean
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(EUC-KR) for Korean
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Southern
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto,
Galician,
Maltese and Turkish
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
South-Eastern
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian,
Croatian,
Finnish,
French,
German,
Hungarian,
Irish Gaelic,
Italian,
Polish,
Romanian and Slovenian,
is designed to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Thai
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(TIS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
620-0) for Thai
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Turkish
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish,
is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CJK)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(utf8) Unicode utf8 with the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
CJK
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
CJK
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
(for the languages Chinese,
Japanese and Korean)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(Xe
\family sans
TeX
\family default
)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
\family sans
Xe\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
and
\family sans
Lua\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
,
which use Unicode directly,
without the help of the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
.
\SpecialChar LyX
automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview Xe\SpecialChar TeX
or Lua\SpecialChar TeX
.
Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ucs-extended)
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
ucs
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
ucs
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
(comprehensive,
including Latin,
Greek,
Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Unicode
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
inputenc
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
inputenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts) is supported.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Western
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(CP
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-1 (latin1)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Western
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian,
Catalan,
Danish,
Dutch,
English,
Faroese,
Finnish,
French,
Galician,
German,
Icelandic,
Irish,
Italian,
Norwegian,
Portuguese,
Spanish and Swedish;
better use the ISO-8859-15 encoding instead
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Western
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
European
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
(ISO
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding,
but with the Euro currency sign,
the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الألوان
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لون !
نص رئيسي
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لون !
خلفية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لون !
صندوق مظلل
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لون !
ملاحظة مظللة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can alter the font color for the
\family sans
Main text
\family default
(default:
black),
for
\family sans
Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
out notes
\family default
(default:
light grey)for the background color for the
\family sans
Page
\family default
(default:
white) and for
\family sans
Shaded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
boxes
\family default
(default:
red).
The button
\family sans
Reset
\family default
sets the color back to the default.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Clicking any button showing
\family sans
Default
\family default
or
\family sans
Change
\family default
opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values.
In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them later more quickly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note,
if you change the
\family sans
Main
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
font color and use the option
\family sans
Color
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
links
\family default
in the document settings under
\family sans
PDF
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
properties
\family default
,
you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can adapt the
\family sans
Main
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
font color and the
\family sans
Page
\family default
background for every page in your document if you use these commands as \SpecialChar TeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Code after a forced page break:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
For the page color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
pagecolor{color name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
For the text color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
color{color name}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You are restricted to one of
\series bold
black
\series default
,
\series bold
blue
\series default
,
\series bold
cyan
\series default
,
\series bold
green
\series default
,
\series bold
magenta
\series default
,
\series bold
red
\series default
,
\series bold
white
\series default
or
\series bold
yellow
\series default
for the
\series bold
color name
\series default
unless you have defined your own color (see the section
\emph on
Colored Tables
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
Manual).
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
If you have changed a text or background color,
you can use the following names to refer to them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
For the
\family sans
Page
\family default
background color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
page_backgroundcolor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
For the
\family sans
Main
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
document_fontcolor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
For the
\family sans
Shaded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
boxes
\family default
background color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
shadecolor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
For the
\family sans
Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
out notes
\family default
text color:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
note_fontcolor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To see how to define and use custom colors,
see section
\emph on
Colored
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Cells
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الترقيم & جدول المحتويات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can adjust the
\family sans
Numbering
\family default
depth of section headings and the section depth in the
\family sans
Table of Contents
\family default
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Numbering-depth"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
ثبت المراجع
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can specify if a specific citation style using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
natbib
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
or
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
jurabib
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
jurabib
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
should be used.
If you use Bib\SpecialChar TeX
,
you can enable a
\family sans
Sectioned bibliography
\family default
using the \SpecialChar LaTeX
package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
bibtopic
\end_layout
\end_inset
.
\lang english
If you use
\noun on
Biblatex
\noun default
,
you can select the style files and specify further options.
Finally,
you can select a document-specific
\family sans
Processor
\family default
for the generation of the bibliography.
For a further description of these possibilities see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الفهارس
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can define the
\family sans
Processor
\family default
that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Index"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for details).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
تفضيلات PDF
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The PDF properties are explained in section
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
خيارات الرياضيات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
These options will force \SpecialChar LyX
to use the \SpecialChar LaTeX
packages
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
amsmath
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
amsmath
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
amssymb
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
amssymb
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
cancel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
cancel
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
esint
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
esint
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
mathdots
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
mathdots
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
mathtools
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
mathtools
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
mhchem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
mhchem
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
stackrel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
stackrel
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\series bold
stmaryrd
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
stmaryrd
\end_layout
\end_inset
and
\series bold
undertilde
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
undertilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
,
\lang english
or to use them automatically when they are needed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
amsmath is needed for many constructs,
so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors in formulas,
ensure that you have this enabled.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
amssymb is needed for some special math symbols like bold or upright Greek letters,
so when you get \SpecialChar LaTeX
-errors in formulas,
ensure that you have this enabled.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
cancel is used for canceled formulas,
see section
\emph on
Canceled
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Formulas
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
esint is used for special integral characters,
see section
\emph on
Big
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Operators
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
mathdots is used for special ellipses,
see section
\emph on
Ellipses
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
mathtools is used for the math commands
\series bold
\backslash
overbracket
\series default
,
\series bold
\backslash
underbracket
\series default
,
\series bold
\backslash
smashoperator
\series default
,
\series bold
\backslash
adjustlimits
\series default
,
\series bold
\backslash
splitfrac
\series default
,
\series bold
\backslash
shortintertext
\series default
and labeled arrows,
see the corresponding sections in the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
mhchem is used for chemical equations,
see section
\emph on
Chemical Symbols and Equations
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
stackrel is used for the math command
\series bold
\backslash
stackrel
\series default
,
see section
\emph on
Relations
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
stmaryrd is used for a few special math symbols.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
undertilde is used for the math command
\series bold
\backslash
utilde
\series default
,
see section
\emph on
Accents for one Character
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الوضع العائم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The float placement options are described in the section
\emph on
Float
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Placement
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
القوائم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The listings settings are explained in the chapter
\emph on
Program Code Listings
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
النقاط
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can adjust the characters used for the itemize
\family sans
Level
\family default
s,
specify the
\family sans
Font
\family default
set to be used and set the
\family sans
Size
\family default
of the bullets.
The itemize environment is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Itemize"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can furthermore specify a
\family sans
Custom
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Bullet
\family default
by inserting in this field the \SpecialChar LaTeX
command of the desired character.
For example to use the € sign,
you have to insert the command
\series bold
\backslash
texteuro
\series default
.
For math symbols you additionally need to enclose the command with $ signs.
To use e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
the symbol
\begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$
\end_inset
you need to enter
\series bold
$
\backslash
circlearrowright$
\series default
.
To find the command for a math symbol,
create a formula and hover the mouse over the desired symbol in the math toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Some characters require to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages in the preamble (menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Preamble
\family default
).
For example for the € sign one needs to add the line
\series bold
\backslash
usepackage{textcomp}
\series default
to the preamble.
For most math symbols it is sufficient to add the line
\series bold
\backslash
usepackage{amssymb}
\series default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الفروع
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Branches are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Branches"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الهيئات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Doc-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format:
The format that is used when you enter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
View
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Update
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
View Master Document
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Update Master Document
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in the
\family sans
Document
\family default
menu or the toolbar.
The default is set in
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar menuseparator
File
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Handling\SpecialChar menuseparator
File Formats
\family default
,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Synchronize
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
with
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output settings for the menu
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
search
\family default
.
For a detailed description see section
\emph on
Reverse DVI/PDF search
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Options offers settings for the export format
\family sans
LyXHTML
\family default
.
\family sans
Strict XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1.1
\family default
will assure that the output follows exactly version
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
1.1 of the XHTML standard.
The different
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
output
\family default
settings are described in detail in section
\emph on
Math Output in XHTML
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Features
\emph default
manual.
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
image
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
scaling
\family default
is used for the size of equations in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Format The option
\family sans
Save transient properties
\family default
controls whether document settings that are frequently switched or that are specific to the user are saved with the document.
The properties that are affected by option are currently:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
the activation of change tracking
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
the output of tracked changes
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\lang english
the recording of the document directory path.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Disabling the option can prevent issues in collaborative work and/or when using a version control system (for instance unnecessary merge conflicts).
\end_layout
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
مقدمة لتيك
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In this text field you can enter commands to load special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages or to define \SpecialChar LaTeX
-commands.
The preamble is a thing for \SpecialChar LaTeX
-experts.
You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are doing.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
An introduction to the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:LaTeX-Syntax"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
نافذة التفضيلات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تفضيلات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The preferences dialog is called with the menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
.
It has the following submenus.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المظهر العام
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
واجهة المستخدم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
ملف واجهة المستخدم
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تخصيص !
أشرطة الأدوات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
تخصيص !
قائمة رئيسية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user interface (ui) file.
A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
The file
\emph on
default.ui
\emph default
loads three files:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
stdmenus.inc
\shape italic
\emph on
specifies the menu entries for the standard menus
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
stdcontext.inc
\shape italic
\emph on
specifies
\shape default
\emph default
the menu entries in popup context menus
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
stdtoolbars.inc
\shape italic
\emph on
specifies the toolbar buttons
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To create your own menu and toolbar layout,
start with a copy of these files and edit the entries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward:
the
\family sans
Menubar
\family default
,
\family sans
Menu
\family default
and
\family sans
Toolbar
\family default
entries must be finished with an explicit
\family sans
End
\family default
.
They may contain
\family sans
Submenu
\family default
,
\family sans
Item
\family default
,
\family sans
OptItem
\family default
,
\family sans
Separator
\family default
,
\family sans
Icon,
\family default
and in the case of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
file_lastfiles
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
menu a
\family sans
Lastfiles
\family default
entry.
The syntax for the entries is:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
\series bold
Item
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
menu
\series default
or
\series bold
button name
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LyX
function
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
All the \SpecialChar LyX
-functions are listed in the menu
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar menuseparator
LyX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Functions
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For example,
assuming you use the menu
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Bookmarks
\family default
quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks,
you can add the line
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
\series bold
Item
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Save Bookmark 6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
bookmark-save 6
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\noindent
\lang english
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
to the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
navigate_bookmarks
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
menu in
\emph on
stdmenus.inc
\emph default
to have the sixth bookmark.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Icon
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Set
\family default
allows you to change the appearance of \SpecialChar LyX
's toolbar buttons.
The currently available icon sets are compared in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "this image"
target "https://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
literal "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
تعليمات السياق
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Enable tool tips in main work area
\family default
enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries or footnotes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
القوائم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Maximum last files
\family default
is the number of last opened files that \SpecialChar LyX
should display in the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Recent
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
معالجة المستند
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
معالجة الجلسة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the option
\family sans
Restore window layouts and geometries
\family default
\SpecialChar LyX
's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used in the last \SpecialChar LyX
session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Restore cursor positions
\family default
sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of the last session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Load opened files from last session
\family default
opens all files that were opened in the last \SpecialChar LyX
session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The button
\family sans
Clear all session information
\family default
deletes all information from previous \SpecialChar LyX
sessions (cursor positions,
names of last opened documents,
etc.).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
النسخ الاحتياطي & الحفظ
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Backup documents"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
نسخ احتياطي !
مستندات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Backup original documents when saving
\family default
creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when it was saved the last time.
It is stored in the
\family sans
Backup
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
directory
\family default
(see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
) or in the same folder as your document if no
\family sans
Backup
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
directory
\family default
is specified.
The backup file has the file extension
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
.lyx~
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the option
\family sans
Backup documents,
every
\family default
,
you can specify the time between backup saves.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Save documents compressed by default
\family default
always saves files in a compressed format (see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Compressed"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
).
This applies to newly created documents only.
The compression status of existing documents is not changed when saving.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
النافذة & مساحة العمل
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the option
\family sans
Open documents in tabs
\family default
is not checked,
every file will be opened in its own new instance of \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
is only active if a \SpecialChar LyX
Server pipe
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
See section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Paths"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for information about \SpecialChar LyX
Server pipes.
\end_layout
\end_inset
is specified.
If it is checked,
\SpecialChar LyX
documents will be opened in the same running instance of \SpecialChar LyX
.
Otherwise a new \SpecialChar LyX
instance is created for each file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the option
\family sans
Single close-tab button
\family default
is checked,
there will only be one close button (
\family sans
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
arg "closetab"
\end_inset
\family default
\lang english
) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
Regardless of this option,
one can always close a tab by middle-clicking it in the tab bar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
For this option you have to restart \SpecialChar LyX
before the change takes effect.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
With the setting
\family sans
Closing last view
\family default
you one can decide if a document is closed or hidden when its tab or view is closed.
Hidden documents are accessible via the menu
\family sans
View\SpecialChar menuseparator
Hidden
\family default
.
Not to close documents can be useful if you open files parallel in several instances of \SpecialChar LyX
and only want to close the view in once instance.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
خط الشاشة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خط !
شاشة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Screen-Fonts"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
These fonts are used to display your documents within \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
This section only deals with the fonts
\emph on
inside
\emph default
the \SpecialChar LyX
window.
The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts,
and set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Fonts
\family default
.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By default,
\SpecialChar LyX
uses
\family typewriter
Times
\family default
as its
\family sans
Roman
\family default
(serif) font,
\family typewriter
Arial
\family default
or
\family typewriter
Helvetica
\family default
(depends on the system) as its
\family sans
Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Serif
\family default
font and
\family typewriter
Courier
\family default
as its
\family typewriter
Typewriter
\family default
font.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can change the font size with the
\family sans
Zoom
\family default
setting.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Font Sizes
\family default
are calculated as letter height in units of points.
72.27
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
points have the size of 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
inch,
see Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "chap:Units-available-in"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt were used.
The sizes are explained in detail in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Document-Font"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الألوان
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لون !
شاشة ليك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
لون
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can change the screen colors used by \SpecialChar LyX
by choosing an item in the list and selecting the
\family sans
Alter
\family default
button.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
By checking the option
\family sans
Use system colors
\family default
the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
The colors
\family sans
cursor,
selection,
table line,
text,
URL
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
label and URL
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
are then not customizable and thus not listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
العرض
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
عرض
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside \SpecialChar LyX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Instant Preview
\family default
enables previewing snippets of your document.
This feature is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Checking the option
\family sans
Mark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
end
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
of
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
paragraphs
\family default
displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
تحرير
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
تحرير
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
تحكم
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
تحرير
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Cursor follows scrollbar
\family default
sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when scrolling.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can adjust the width of the cursor.
If you set the value to zero,
the thickness of the cursor scales relative to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Scroll below end of document
\family default
is self-explanatory.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
In \SpecialChar LyX
one can jump from word to word by pressing
\family sans
Ctrl+arrow key
\family default
.
With the option
\family sans
Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
\family default
the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Sort environments alphabetically
\family default
sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The option
\family sans
Group environments by their category
\family default
groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The
\family sans
Edit math macros
\family default
options determine the editing style for math macros,
see the section
\emph on
Math Macros
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Math
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
كامل الشاشة
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
With the option
\family sans
Limit text width
\family default
you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
This way you can display the text smaller than the screen;
the text then appears centered.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الاختصارات
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مفتاح الربط
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
اختصارات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
\lang english
Bind File
\family default
specifies the file to be used to bind a \SpecialChar LyX
function to a key.
Several binding files are available,
among them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs
\family sans
Emacs
\family default
(
\family sans
XEmacs
\family default
)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
mac.bind a set of bindings for
\family sans
Mac
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
OS
\family default
systems.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are also binding files designed for special document classes,
like
\shape italic
broadway.bind
\shape default
,
and binding files for special languages.
The names of language binding files begin with a language code,
e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
pt
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
for Portuguese.
If you use \SpecialChar LyX
in a certain language,
\SpecialChar LyX
will try to use the appropriate binding file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Some binding files,
like
\shape italic
math.bind
\shape default
,
only have a limited scope.
When looking at the end of the file
\shape italic
cua.bind
\shape default
,
you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The field
\family sans
Show
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
key-bindings
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
containing
\family default
allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function in the selected key binding file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
تحرير الاختصارات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Editing-Shortcuts"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مفتاح الربط !
تحرير
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
To add new or modify existing key bindings to your own taste you can use the table in the dialog that lists all \SpecialChar LyX
functions and the bound shortcuts.
To find functions easily,
they are grouped by categories and the dialog provides the field
\family sans
Show key-bindings containing
\family default
.
In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
Insert there for example as keyword
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
paste
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different functions that contain
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
paste
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
in their name.
As you can see,
one function can have more than one shortcut.
All \SpecialChar LyX
functions are also listed in the file
\family sans
\SpecialChar LyX
Functions
\family default
that you will find in the
\family sans
Help
\family default
menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
For example,
to add the shortcut
\family sans
Alt+Q
\family default
for the function
\family sans
textstyle-apply
\family default
,
select the function and press the
\family sans
Modify
\family default
button.
A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the \SpecialChar LyX
Function definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the different function names as a semicolon separated list.
\SpecialChar LyX
will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you don't like a particular shortcut,
you can remove it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with a text editor.
The syntax of the entries is:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\series bold
\lang english
\backslash
bind
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
key combination
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LyX
function
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Note,
though,
that the key combination definition uses a specific syntax.
This applies to the designators of specific modifier keys (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
g.,
\family typewriter
M
\family default
,
\family typewriter
S
\family default
,
\family typewriter
C
\family default
for
\family sans
Meta/Alt
\family default
,
\family sans
Shift
\family default
,
\family sans
Ctrl
\family default
,
respectively) as well as to the other keys.
Note particularly that you cannot use non-alphanumeric characters directly in the definition of the key combination,
but must use commands following the Xlib standard instead (please refer to the existing bind files for a model).
So if you wanted to bind a command to the key combination
\family sans
Alt+Shift+:
\family default
,
you needed to specify it as
\family typewriter
M-S-colon
\family default
.
If you use the dialog to edit key bindings,
you don't have to care for these specifics.
\SpecialChar LyX
transforms your input to the correct syntax.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
لوحة المفاتيح/الفارة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Keyboard-Map"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
خريطة لوحة المفاتيح
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
خريطة لوحة المفاتيح
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system.
For the case thatWhere this is not possible,
\SpecialChar LyX
provides keyboard maps.
If,
for example,
you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it is a Romanian one,
you can enable
\family sans
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
keyboard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
map
\family default
and select the keyboard map file named
\shape italic
romanian.kmap
\shape default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can specify a
\family sans
First
\family default
and a
\family sans
Second
\family default
keyboard map and,
if you use the
\emph on
cua
\emph default
bindings,
you can select the first and second with
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "keymap-primary"
\end_inset
\lang english
and
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "keymap-secondary"
\end_inset
\lang english
respectively or toggle between them with
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "keymap-toggle"
\end_inset
\lang english
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also specify the mouse
\family sans
Wheel scrolling speed
\family default
.
The standard value is 1.0;
higher values speed up the scrolling,
lower ones slow it down.
With the option
\family sans
Middle mouse button pasting
\family default
you can determine if pressing the middle mouse button (or the mouse wheel) inserts the content of the clipboard.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If you
\family sans
Enable
\family default
\family sans
Scroll
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
wheel
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
zoom,
\family default
you can select a key for zooming.
When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated,
the text is zoomed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
الإكمال التلقائي للمدخلات
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Input completion is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Input-Completion"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
المسارات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Paths"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسارات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
مسار
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
The paths to the various resources used by \SpecialChar LyX
are normally determined during the installation.
But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Working
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
directory This is \SpecialChar LyX
's working directory.
It is the default when you
\family sans
Open
\family default
,
\family sans
Save
\family default
or
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
As
\family default
files.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
New
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
from
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Template
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Example
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
files This directory will be opened when you use the button
\family sans
Examples
\family default
in the
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Open
\family default
dialog.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
\lang english
Note:
\series default
The
\family sans
Examples
\family default
button does not exist when using \SpecialChar LyX
on Mac OS and Windows systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Backup
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
directory
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
نسخ احتياطي !
مسار
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Backup documents"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
the
\family sans
Working directory
\family default
will be used to save the backups.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Backup files have the ending
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.lyx~
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
LyXServer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
This pipe is used to send data from external programs to \SpecialChar LyX
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
Example:
\series default
You add a Bib\SpecialChar TeX
database
\emph on
test.bib
\emph default
to your document.
You can edit this file with the program
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
.
In
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for \SpecialChar LyX
in its preferences under
\family sans
External
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
programs
\family default
.
If you want to get one entry of the database as citation,
select it in
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
and click on the \SpecialChar LyX
symbol.
The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position in your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
Of course,
\family typewriter
JabRef
\family default
and \SpecialChar LyX
need to be running the same time.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
The pipe is also used for the
\family sans
Single instance
\family default
feature,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Backup documents"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
To use the \SpecialChar LyX
Server-Pipe on Windows,
you must use this pipe name:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\series bold
\backslash
\backslash
.
\backslash
pipe
\backslash
lyxpipe
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Temporary
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Thesaurus
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Hunspell
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
are located.
You only need to specify it if you are using
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
For \SpecialChar LyX
on Windows
\family typewriter
Hunspell
\family default
is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying a directory.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
PATH
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
When \SpecialChar LyX
needs to use an external program,
it looks in this list to see where to find it on the system.
The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when \SpecialChar LyX
is configured;
so you normally don't have to modify it.
On Unix
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
/
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Linux systems,
the path list will need to be set only if there are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
TEXINPUTS
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files which are included in a \SpecialChar LyX
document via commands in \SpecialChar TeX
code or in the document preamble.
This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by a single dot '.').
The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
If files are included,
the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be scanned for the input files.
Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered to be relative to the directory of your \SpecialChar LyX
file.
It is recommended that you always include '.' as one of the paths;
otherwise compilation may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الهوية
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can insert your
\family sans
Name
\family default
and
\family sans
E-mail
\family default
address.
These will be used when you have enabled change tracking,
as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
,
to mark changes you make as yours.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
إعدادات اللغة
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
لغة !
إعدادات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
لغة
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
اللغة
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Prefs-Language"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
User
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
interface
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
language Here you can select the language for \SpecialChar LyX
's menus.
You can find its actual translation status here:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "https://www.lyx.org/I18n"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Language
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
package determines which \SpecialChar LaTeX
package should be loaded to handle language issues.
Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Chapter
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
Table
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The most widespread language package is
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
babel
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
;
\lang english
it is the default language package in classic \SpecialChar LaTeX
.
More recent typesetting engines such as Xe\SpecialChar TeX
and Lua\SpecialChar TeX
come with the alternative language package
\lang arabic_arabi
\series bold
polyglossia
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
polyglossia
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines.
Furthermore,
there are also specific language packages for languages not covered by
\series bold
babel
\series default
.
The available selections are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Language-encodings"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
start If a special \SpecialChar LaTeX
-package is needed to write in a certain document language,
you can here specify the command to start the package.
An example is the start command
\family sans
\backslash
begin{arabtext}
\family default
that is needed to write Arabic using the package
\series bold
Arab\SpecialChar TeX
\series default
,
see
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
key "Arabic"
literal "true"
\end_inset
.
The default is the
\series bold
babel
\series default
command
\family sans
\backslash
selectlanguage{$$lang}
\family default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
end Counterpart to
\family sans
Command start
\family default
.
Some packages,
like the default,
don't have an end command since the start command toggles the package on and off.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
decimal
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
separator Defines the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point alignment).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
length
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
unit Defines the unit that is used as default for lengths in \SpecialChar LyX
's dialogs.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Set
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
languages
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
globally When this option is set,
the languages used in the document will be added as options to the document class options,
so that they can be used by all \SpecialChar LaTeX
-packages.
Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
\series bold
babel
\series default
package.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
begin When this option is set,
documents start with the chosen document language.
When this option is not set,
the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
start
\family default
is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the \SpecialChar LaTeX
-output.
This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
start
\family default
than the default.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
end Counterpart to
\family sans
Auto
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
begin
\family default
.
When it is not set,
the
\family sans
Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
end
\family default
is set to the end of the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Mark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
foreign
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document language will be underlined in blue.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Enable
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
RTL
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
support Enables the use of languages,
written from right to left (RTL),
like Arabic,
Hebrew or Farsi.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Cursor
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
movement When writing RTL,
you can define if the left and right arrow keys move the cursor visually to the left or right,
respectively,
or logically.
Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
المدقق الإملائي
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
إعدادات المدقق الإملائي مشروحة في القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Spellchecking"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
الخرج
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
عام
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:General-output"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
search Commands that will be used for the menu
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar menuseparator
Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
search
\family default
.
For a detailed description see section
\emph on
Reverse DVI/PDF search
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Dvips
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Options Options for the program
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
that is used for the export format
\family sans
Postscript
\family default
,
see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Export"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
Possible options are listed in the
\family typewriter
dvips
\family default
manual:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://www.tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html
\backslash
#Option-details
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Output
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
line
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using the menu
\family sans
File\SpecialChar menuseparator
Export\SpecialChar menuseparator
Plain
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
text
\family default
.
Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Date
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
format
\lang arabic_arabi
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة افتراضية
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
هيئة التاريخ
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/date.1.html
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
بهيئة مثل
\lang english
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
%d/%m/%y
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
طباعة التاريخ بالشكل يوم/شهر/عام
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Overwrite
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
on
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
export Setting what \SpecialChar LyX
is allowed to overwrite on export.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
لتيك
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:LaTeX-settings"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
لتيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
La
\family sans
TeX
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
font
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
\family sans
T1
\family default
is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
\family sans
T2A
\family default
,
\family sans
T2B
\family default
,
\family sans
T2C
\family default
,
\family sans
LCY
\family default
and
\family sans
X2
\family default
are used for Cyrillic.
Combinations of the encodings are possible,
like
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
T1,
T2B
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages \SpecialChar LyX
sets up in the background.
So there is no need to change the default encoding.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
DVI
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
viewer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
paper
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
size
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
options They only have an effect when the program
\family sans
xdvi
\family default
is used as DVI-viewer,
read its manual to find out more.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
But before you change something,
it is strongly recommended to read the manuals of the applications.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
إنتاج
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
ثبت
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
المراجع إعدادات إنتاج ثبت المراجع،
انظر قسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Bibliography-databases"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
إنتاج
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
الفهرس إعدادات إنتاج الفهرس،
انظر القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Index-Program"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
إنتاج
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
قائمة
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
المصطلحات إعدادات إنتاج قائمة المصطلحات،
انظر القسم
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Program"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Check
\family sans
TeX
\family default
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
command Command for the program
\family sans
Check\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
that is described in the section
\emph on
Checking \SpecialChar TeX
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
There are additionally the following options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Windows-style
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
paths
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\SpecialChar LaTeX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
files Uses paths in the notation of Windows,
that means that
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\backslash
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
is used instead of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
/
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
to separate folders.
This option is enabled by default when you use \SpecialChar LyX
on Windows
\lang arabic_arabi
.
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مسارات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إعدادات !
مسارات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\lang english
Reset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
options
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
when
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
changes Removes all manually set
\family sans
Class options
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar menuseparator
Settings\SpecialChar menuseparator
Document
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Class
\family default
dialog when changing the document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
معالجة الملف
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
معالجة ملف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
المحولات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "subsec:Converters"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
محولات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material from one format to another.
You can modify converters or create new ones.
To modify a converter,
select it,
change the entry of the
\family sans
Converter
\family default
and/or
\family sans
Extra
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
flag
\family default
field and press the
\family sans
Modify
\family default
button.
To create a new converter,
select an existing one,
select a different format in the
\family sans
To
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
format
\family default
drop-down list,
modify the
\family sans
Converter
\family default
field and press the
\family sans
Add
\family default
button.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
If the
\family sans
Converter File Cache
\family default
is
\family sans
Enabled
\family default
,
conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
\family sans
Maximum Age (in days
\family default
).
This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen a document;
the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
More about converters,
like the flags that can be used in the converter definition,
is described in the section
\emph on
Converters
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
هيئة الملفات
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
هيئة الملف
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الطابعات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Here you find the list of defined file formats that \SpecialChar LyX
can handle.
You can modify the
\family sans
Editor
\family default
and
\family sans
Viewer
\family default
programs that should be used for certain formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
You can also define the
\family sans
Default output format
\family default
that is used when you use
\family sans
View,
Update,
View Master Document
\family default
or
\family sans
Update Master Document
\family default
in the
\family sans
Document
\family default
menu or the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
More about formats and their options is described in the section
\emph on
Formats
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
Since all conversions from one format to another take place in \SpecialChar LyX
's temporary directory,
it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
This is done by specifying a
\family sans
Copier
\family default
.
More about this is described in the section
\emph on
Copiers
\emph default
of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
الوحدات المتاحة في \SpecialChar LyX
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
وحدات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
الجدول
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "tab:Units"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
يشرح كل الوحدات المتاحة في \SpecialChar LyX
وتستخدم في هذا المستند.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Float table
placement h
alignment document
wide false
sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "tab:Units"
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
الوحدات
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الوحدة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
الاسم/الوصف
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
أمر لتيك
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
bp
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
نقطة كبيرة (72
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
bp = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
in)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
cc
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
cicero (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
cc = 12
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
dd)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
cm
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
سنتمتر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
dd
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
didot (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
dd
\begin_inset Formula $\approx$
\end_inset
0.376
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
mm)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
em
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عرض حرف M في الخط الحالي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ex
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ارتفاع حرف X في الخط الحالي
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
in
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
إنش
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
mm
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ملي متر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
mu
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
وحدة رياضية (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
mu = 1/18
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
pt
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
نقطة (72.27
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
in)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
pc
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
pica (1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pc = 12
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
sp
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
scaled point (65536
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
sp = 1
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
pt)
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عرض العمود %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% من عرض العمود
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
columnwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ارتفاع السطر %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% of height between baselines of two subsequent text lines
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
baselineskip
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عرض السطر %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% من عرض السطر
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
linewidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ارتفاع الصفحة %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% من ارتفاع الصفحة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
paperheight
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عرض الصفحة %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% من عرض الصفحة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
paperwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
مقياس الصورة %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% من العرض الأصلي للصورة
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
ارتفاع النص %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% من ارتفاع النص
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
textheight
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
عرض النص %
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
% من عرض النص
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
textwidth
\end_layout
\end_inset
|
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\lang english
\begin_inset Newpage newpage
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
ثبت المراجع التالي تم إنشاءه باستخدام بيئة ثبت المراجع.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
label "Credits"
key "lyxcredit"
literal "true"
\end_inset
فريق \SpecialChar LyX
:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
target "https://www.lyx.org/Credits"
literal "false"
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://www.lyx.org/Credits
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexcompanion"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\lang english
Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
\emph on
The \SpecialChar LaTeX
Companion Second Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley,
2004
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexguide"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\lang english
Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
Daly:
\emph on
A Guide to \SpecialChar LaTeX
Fourth Edition.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley,
2003
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexbook"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\lang english
Leslie Lamport:
\emph on
\SpecialChar LaTeX
:
A Document Preparation System.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley,
second edition,
1994
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "texbook"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\lang english
Donald E.
Knuth.
\emph on
The \SpecialChar TeX
book.
\emph default
Addison-Wesley,
1984
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "TeXCatalogue"
literal "true"
\end_inset
أصناف \SpecialChar TeX
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://www.ctan.org/topic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "LaTeXFAQ"
literal "true"
\end_inset
أسئلة شائعة عن \SpecialChar LaTeX
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://texfaq.org/
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة عن"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن برنامج
\family sans
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX-2"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة عن"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
كيف تستخدم برنامج
\family sans
Bib\SpecialChar TeX
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Biblatex"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة عن"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة
\series bold
biblatex
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
biblatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/biblatex/doc/biblatex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "biber"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/biber/base/documentation/biber.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
biber
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
biber
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/biber/base/documentation/biber.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "makeindex"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن برنامج
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "makeindex-man"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "خيارات"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن برنامج
\family sans
makeindex
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "xindy"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة عن"
target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن برنامج
\family sans
xindy
\family default
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "AMS"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة AMS \SpecialChar LaTeX
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "caption"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
caption
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "enumitem"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
enumitem
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
enumitem
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "fancyhdr"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
fancyhdr
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "hyperref"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
hyperref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/doc/hyperref-doc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "microtype"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
microtpye
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
microtpye
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/microtype/microtype.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "nomencl"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
nomencl
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "prettyref"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
prettyref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "refstyle"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "وثيقة"
target "https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
literal "false"
\end_inset
عن حزمة \SpecialChar LaTeX
\series bold
refstyle
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
range none
pageformat default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
حزمة لتيك !
refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Arabic"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "صفحة-ويكي"
target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
literal "false"
\end_inset
كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX
للكتابة بالعربية:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Armenian"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "صفحة-ويكي"
target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
literal "false"
\end_inset
كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX
للكتابة بالأرمنية:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Cyrillic"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\lang english
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "صفحة-ويكي"
target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\lang arabic_arabi
كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX
للكتابة بالسيريلية:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Farsi"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "صفحة-ويكي"
target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
literal "false"
\end_inset
كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX
للكتابة بالفارسية:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Hebrew"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "صفحة-ويكي"
target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
literal "false"
\end_inset
كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX
للكتابة بالعبرية:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Japanese"
literal "true"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "صفحة-ويكي"
target "https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
literal "false"
\end_inset
كيف تعد \SpecialChar LyX
للكتابة باليابانية:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
https://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Newpage newpage
\end_inset
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
let
\backslash
mybibname
\backslash
bibname
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
renewcommand{
\backslash
bibname}{
\backslash
mybibname
\backslash
;
2}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
The command
\series bold
\backslash
bibname
\series default
is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following bibliography is the second one:
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
LatexCommand bibtex
btprint "btPrintCited"
bibfiles "../biblio/LyXDocs"
options "alpha"
encoding "default"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
ثبت المراجع في الأعلى تم إنشاءه من قاعدة بيانات Bib\SpecialChar TeX
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
renewcommand*{
\backslash
pagedeclaration}[1]{
\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\backslash
unskip,
\backslash
hyperlink{page.#1}{page
\backslash
nobreakspace{}#1}}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\lang english
\begin_inset Note Note
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\lang english
This command makes the page number a clickable hyperlink,
see sec.
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
reference "subsec:Nomenclature-Options"
nolink "false"
\end_inset
for more info.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
LatexCommand printnomenclature
set_width "auto"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset index_print
LatexCommand printindex
type "idx"
name "Index"
literal "false"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\end_body
\end_document